2016-2017

graduate Catalog

This page was
left BLANK
intentionally

Graduate Catalog
2016-2017

Clarion University
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
814-393-2000
www.clarion.edu

Clarion University

ii

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Accreditations, Approvals, Certifications, Affiliations
and Registrations
AACSB International—The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and Master of Business Administration programs
Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care
Center for Wellness, Health Services
Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing, Inc. (ACEN)
Associate Degree Program
Baccalaureate Degree Program
Master’s Degree Program
American Bar Association (ABA) (approvals)
Bachelor and Associate Paralegal Studies
Certificates in Paralegal Studies
American Chemical Society
B.S. Chemistry (approved)
American Library Association (ALA)
Master of Science in Library Science
Association of Small Business Development Centers (ASBDC)
Small Business Development Center
Association of Technology, Management and Applied Engineering
A.A.S. in Administration Technology
A.A.S. in Industrial Technology
A.A.S. in Technology Leadership
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards, Inc.
B.S. Business Administration
College Reading and Learning Association (CRLA)
Writing Center Tutoring Program (certified)
Center for Student Success Tutoring Program (certified)
Venango College/Academic Resource Center (certified)
Council for Exceptional Children (CEC)
Special Education
Council for Standards in Human Service Education
Bachelor and Associate Human Services
Council on Academic Accreditation in Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology (CAA)
of the American Speech Language Hearing Association
Master’s Degree in Speech Language Pathology
Council on Rehabilitation Education (CORE)
B.S. Rehabilitative Science
International Association of Counseling Services Inc. (IACS)
Department of Counseling Services
International Dyslexia Association
B.S. Special Education Dual Pre-K–8/7–12
M.S. Special Education Dual Pre-K–8/7–12 with Reading Concentration
International Reading Association (IRA)
Reading Specialist
Middle States Commission on Higher Education
3624 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104-2680
Phone: 215-662-5606

iii

Clarion University

National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC)
Early Childhood Program
National Association of Schools of Art and Design (NASAD)
BA in Art; BFA in Art
National Council for Accreditation of Coaching Education (NCACE)
Coaching Education Program
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
School of Education
National Council for Middle Level Education (NMSA)
Middle Level Programs
National Council for the Social Studies (NCSS)
Secondary Social Studies
National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE)
Secondary English
National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM)
Secondary Mathematics
National Science Teachers Association (NSTA)
Secondary Sciences
Pennsylvania Department of Education/College of Education & Human Services/
Teacher Certification Programs (approved)
U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (approved)

It is the policy of Clarion University of Pennsylvania that there shall be equal opportunity in all of its educational programs, services, and benefits, and there shall
be no discrimination with regard to a student’s or prospective student’s gender, gender identity, race or color, ethnicity, national origin or ancestry, age, mental or
physical disability, religion or creed, genetic information, affectional or sexual orientation, veteran status, or other classifications that are protected under Title IX of
the Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and other pertinent state and federal
laws and regulations. Direct inquiries to the Director of Social Equity, Clarion University of Pennsylvania, Second Floor Carrier Administration Building 162141232. Email asalsgiver@clarion.edu or phone 814-393-2109. Inquiries may also be directed to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education,
330 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20201.

iv

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Clarion University

Academic Calendar 2016-17
(Subject to change without notice)

Fall Semester 2016

Classes begin - 8 a.m........................................................................................ Monday, August 29
Labor Day Holiday........................................................................................Monday, September 5
Mid-semester break begins – 10 p.m.........................................................Thursday, September 29
Mid-semester break ends – 8 a.m......................................................................Monday, October 3
Friday classes meet in place of Tuesday classes..........................................Tuesday, November 22
Thanksgiving holiday begins – 10 p.m........................................................Tuesday, November 22
Thanksgiving holiday ends – 8 a.m.............................................................Monday, November 28
Classes end – 10 p.m......................................................................................... Friday, December 9
Final examination period begins.................................................................. Monday, December 12
Final examination period ends – 10 p.m......................................................... Friday, December 16
Semester ends – 10 p.m.................................................................................. Friday, December 16
Winter Commencement.............................................................................. Saturday, December 17
Semester grades due from faculty – 12 p.m............................................ Wednesday, December 21
Winter Intersession
Classes begin................................................................................................ Monday, December 19
Final Exams................................................................................................ Wednesday, January 18
Semester grades due from faculty – 12 p.m........................................................ Friday, January 20
Spring Semester 2017
Classes begin - 8 a.m....................................................................................... Monday, January 23
Winter holiday begins – 10 p.m............................................................................ Friday, March 10
Winter holiday ends – 8 a.m.............................................................................. Monday, March 20
Classes end – 10 p.m.................................................................................................. Friday, May 5
Final examination period begins – 8. a.m............................................................... Monday, May 8
Final examination period ends – 10 p.m.................................................................. Friday, May 12
Semester ends – 10 p.m........................................................................................... Friday, May 12
Spring Commencement........................................................................................ Saturday, May 13
Semester grades due from faculty – 12 p.m..................................................... Wednesday, May 17
Summer Sessions – 2017
Session 1................................................................................................................ May 15 – June 2
Session 2...................................................................................................................June 5 – July 7
Session 3...........................................................................................................July 10 – August 10

v

Clarion University

vi

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Table of Contents
Accreditations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Academic Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Graduate Study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Admission Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Academic Policies and Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Clarion University Online Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Student Financial Services (Billing and Financial Aid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scholarships for Graduate Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Student Support Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Master of Science in Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Master of Science Degree in Applied Data Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Master of Business Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Master of Science Degree in Clinical Mental Health Counseling . . . . . . . . . . 28
Master of Education Degree in Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Master of Science Degree in Information and Library Science. . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Master of Science Degree in Mass Media Arts and Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Master of Science in Nursing Degree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Doctor of Nursing Practice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Graduate Studies in Special Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Master of Science Degree in Speech Language Pathology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Graduate Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Doctoral Course Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Campus Maps and Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-92

vii

Clarion University

Division of
Graduate Programs
Website: www.clarion.edu/admissions/graduate

Graduate Degree Programs
• Doctor of Nursing Practice—Online except for
internship

• Master of Science in Clinical Mental Health
Counseling—Blended Hybrid (summer residency
requirements)

• Master of Science in Accounting—Online

• Master of Science in Special Education—
Online

• Master of Business Administration—Campus
and Online
International Business Concentration
• Master of Education in Education
Curriculum and Instruction Concentration—Online
Early Childhood Concentration—Online
Mathematics Education Concentration—Online
Reading Concentration—Blended/Hybrid
(one summer residency)
Science Concentration—Online
Special Education Concentration—Blended/Hybrid
Technology Concentration—Online
• Master of Science in Applied Data Analytics—
Online
• Master of Science in Clinical Mental Health
Counseling—Blended Hybrid (summer residency
requirements)
• Master of Science in Library Science in
Information and Library Science
Information Access Concentration—Online
Local and Archival Studies Concentration—Online
Management of Information Agencies
Concentration—Online
Reference and User Services Concentration—Online
School Library Media – Online
• Master of Science in Mass Media Arts and
Journalism—Online

viii

• Master of Science in Special Education
Pre-K–8/7–12 with Reading Concentration
• Master of Science in Speech Language
Pathology—Campus
• Master of Science in Nursing
Family Nurse Practitioner Concentration—Online
except labs and clinical
• Certifications
Early Childhood—Online
Post Masters Family Nurse Practitioner—Online
except labs and clinical
Reading Specialist Certification—Blended/Hybrid
(one summer residency)
• Certificates
Advanced Studies in Library Science—Online
Autism Spectrum Disorders
Gifted and Talented Education—Online
Online Instruction Endorsement—Online
Public Relations—Online

For more detailed information on graduate curricula
and courses, refer to the Graduate Catalog or online
at www.clarion.edu/admissions/graduate or
www.clarion.edu/catalog.

1

General Information

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

General
Information

Mission

Clarion University of Pennsylvania provides
transformative, life-long learning opportunities through
innovative, nationally recognized programs delivered in
inclusive, student-centered environments.

Vision

Clarion University will be a leader in high impact
educational practices that benefit students, employers,
and community partners.

Core Values

Students, faculty, staff and alumni of Clarion University
value learning, accomplishment, encouragement,
diversity, civility, civic engagement and public higher
education.

Graduate Programs Mission

Clarion University recognizes the role that a high
quality graduate program plays in maintaining excellence
in the institution. Clarion University maintains graduate
programs that support the goals of the university.

Non-Discrimination Statement

It is the policy of Clarion University of Pennsylvania
that there shall be equal opportunity in all of its
educational programs, services, and benefits, and there
shall be no discrimination with regard to a student’s or
prospective student’s gender, gender identity, race or
color, ethnicity, national origin or ancestry, age, mental or
physical disability, religion or creed, genetic information,
affectional or sexual orientation, veteran status, or other
classifications that are protected under Title IX of the
Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990, and other pertinent state and federal laws
and regulations. Direct inquiries to the Director of Social
Equity, Clarion University of Pennsylvania, Second Floor
Carrier Administration Building 16214-1232. Email
asalsgiver@clarion.edu or phone 814-393-2109. Inquiries
may also be directed to the Director of the Office for Civil
Rights, Department of Education, 330 Independence
Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20201.

2

Clarion University

General Information

Faculty Reporting Requirements
under Title IX

Clarion University and its faculty are committed to
assuring a safe and productive educational environment
for all students. In order to meet this commitment and to
comply with Title IX of the Education Amendments of
1972 and guidance from the Office for Civil Rights, the
University requires faculty members to report incidents
of sexual violence shared by students to the University’s
Title IX Coordinator. The only exceptions to the faculty
member’s reporting obligation are when incidents of
sexual violence are communicated by a student during a
classroom discussion, in a writing assignment for a class,
or as part of a University-approved research project.
Faculty members are obligated to report sexual violence
or any other abuse of a student who was, or is, a child (a
person under 18 years of age) when the abuse allegedly
occurred to the person designated in the University
protection of minors policy.
Information regarding the reporting of sexual violence
and the resources that are available to victims of sexual
violence is set forth at: www.clarion.edu/judicial-.

Correspondence

The address for all administrative correspondence may
be sent to the following:
Graduate Programs
Clarion University of Pennsylvania
840 Wood Street
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
Telephone: 814-393-2337

Clarion Campus

Now well into its second century of service to
the people of Pennsylvania, Clarion University has
successively been Carrier Seminary, a state normal school,
a state teachers’ college, a state college, and beginning July
1, 1983, a university in the Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education. Each phase of this development has
marked a stage in the continuing effort of the institution
to respond to the educational needs and aspirations of
increasing numbers of students.
Today, Clarion University is a multi-purpose institution
with an enrollment of more than 5,500 students offering
associate’s degrees in 11 areas; more than 62 baccalaureate
programs leading to degrees in the arts, business, fine arts,
nursing, and sciences; 10 graduate programs leading to
master’s degrees in business administration, education,
library science, nursing, and the sciences; and one doctoral
program in nursing. Clarion University is recognized by
25 accrediting agencies.
The Clarion Campus of the university contains 128
acres and 43 buildings. Beyond the Clarion Campus,
situated at the west end of the town of Clarion, is a 27-acre
athletic complex with football, baseball, and practice fields
and Memorial Stadium, seating 5,000 spectators. The
university is within the Borough of Clarion approximately
two miles north of Interstate 80 at Exits 62 and 64 and
is approximately 2 1/2 hours’ driving time from the urban
centers of Pittsburgh, Erie, and Youngstown. High on
the Allegheny Plateau overlooking the Clarion River, the
rural setting is in the midst of one of Pennsylvania’s most
scenic resort areas.

Among facilities supporting programs and students at
Clarion University are the Carlson and Suhr libraries, the
George R. Lewis Center for Computing Services, more than
two dozen computer laboratories, a planetarium, modern
science laboratories having excellent instrumentation; a
modern business administration building; technologically
equipped classrooms for library science; radio and
television studios and experimental audio-visual facilities
in the Department of Communication; a writing center,
tutorial services, and a counseling center to assist students
who can benefit from these services; a state-of-the-art
recreation center; residence halls that are completely wired
for high speed Internet access; a modern student center;
and excellent food services across the campus.

Venango Campus

Venango Campus, established in 1961, was the
first branch campus in the Pennsylvania State System
of Higher Education. Located in Oil City, Venango
Campus is scenically situated on 62 acres surrounded
by heavily-wooded foothills overlooking the Allegheny
River.
The campus houses Venango College and offers
a personal and challenging academic experience
with small classes that maximize student-faculty
interaction and student success. Programs and services
are designed to meet a wide range of needs and are
offered with the flexibility that is required for a diverse
community of learners. Many academic programs
utilize partnerships with medical, business, industrial,
and educational organizations that bring real-world,
technical expertise and resources into its curriculum.
Other programs offered at Venango Campus include
certificates that can be completed in one year or less
and a variety of continuing education courses and
seminars.
Students and faculty utilize the latest in electronically
enhanced learning and teaching tools and the fully
wireless campus provides students the flexibility of
accessing university resources anywhere on campus. A
wide range of cultural events and activities, including

3

a comprehensive intramurals and outdoor recreation
program and nationally competing club sports teams,
offer students and community members opportunities
for engagement and personal enrichment.

Clarion Online

Clarion University, combines its academic tradition
of excellence with online educational technology to
provide programs that are—accredited, accessible,
anywhere. Clarion has been offering classes off the
Clarion Campus using a variety of technologies since
1996. There are currently several undergraduate,
graduate and doctorate degree and certificate programs
available fully online. The courses required to support
these degrees meet the same curricular and instructional
standards and are taught by the same faculty as classes
delivered on the Clarion Campus. As a result, the
degree you earn through the online programs offers the
same quality and accreditation as a degree you would
earn through the university’s traditional on-campus
program.
All classes are delivered over the Internet and are
designed to allow students flexibility to complete their
course work at times convenient to them. Students also
have access to extensive online resources including
online library materials and databases.
Information on the availability of specific degrees
online is indicated under each of the degree program
areas. A list of current course offerings and online
programs is available on the Web at www.clarion.edu/
online.
Clarion University routinely pursues authorization
to deliver educational opportunities in other states
(ie. online, internships etc.) Among several states,
Clarion University is registered with the Minnesota
office of higher education pursuant to sections 136A.61
and 136A.71. Minnesota Disclosure Statement:
Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all
other institutions.

General Information

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

4

Clarion University

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Graduate Study at Clarion University
Eligibility for Admission

Individuals seeking regular full admission to a graduate
program must meet the minimum admission requirements
for Graduate Programs and any additional requirements
of the program. To meet the minimum requirements for
admission to the Graduate Programs an applicant must
provide evidence of:
• A bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an
acceptably accredited college or university. Individuals
who have not yet completed the baccalaureate degree
may submit transcripts for course work completed, along
with application materials. Final transcripts noting the
completion of the degree will be required.
• A minimum grade-point average (GPA) of 2.75/4.00
at the undergraduate level. Some programs require a
higher undergraduate GPA. Please review the program

admission requirements listed elsewhere in this catalog.
Individuals not meeting the GPA requirement
of a graduate program may be eligible for regular
admission when the lower GPA is evaluated in terms
of supplementary factors, including recommendations/
references, examination scores on such instruments as
the Graduate Record Examination, Graduate Management
Admission Test, and/or the Miller Analogies Test, or
achievement in graduate-level course work.
Information regarding the Miller Analogies Test
(MAT), the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), and
the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) may
be obtained from the respective websites.
Applicants should refer to the admission requirements
of specific programs as listed in this catalog.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Admitted applicants will be classified in one of the
following categories of admission.
Regular Full Admission
Individuals meeting all of the admission requirements
for a graduate program shall be granted regular fulladmission status. Only individuals with regular fulladmission status are eligible for graduate assistantships.
Individuals must achieve regular full-admission status
before they graduate. A student may apply and be
admitted to a graduate program during his/her last year
of undergraduate study. This admission, however, is
contingent upon the student providing the Graduate
Programs office an official final undergraduate transcript
that indicates the baccalaureate degree has been awarded.
Provisional Admission
Individuals not meeting all of the admission
requirements for a graduate program may be admitted
on a provisional basis. In such cases, admission will
be based upon specific provisions that the student must
meet in order to be reclassified as regular full admission.
Individuals admitted on a provisional basis are not
eligible for graduate assistantships. Individuals admitted
on a provisional basis are not guaranteed regular full
admission status.
Conditional Admission
A conditional admission is provided to students,
particularly international students, to enable them to apply
for scholarships. It does not permit the student to enroll
in classes or obtain a visa. It requires specific additional
information providing proof of meeting all admissions
requirements to be converted to a provisional or regular
admission. Conditionally admitted students may be
rejected upon review of their completed application.
Non-Degree Status Admission
Occasionally individuals will want to engage in
graduate study without formally entering a graduate
program. Such individuals should apply for a non-degree
admission status at the time of application. All admission
requirements must be met. Individuals remaining in this
status may not receive a graduate degree. Courses taken
while a person is in this status will be identified as nondegree on the student’s transcript. The non-degree student
who, after taking courses in non-degree status determines
to seek a graduate degree, must be formally admitted
to a graduate degree program under regular admission
procedures. Graduate Programs may or may not accept
courses taken while a student is in non-degree status. No
program may accept more than nine credits taken in nondegree status. Applicants admitted on a non-degree basis
are not guaranteed regular full admission status. Certain
course restrictions may apply for non-degree students.

A graduate student from another institution may enroll
for graduate courses at Clarion University on a courtesy
basis if he or she intends to transfer the credit for the
course to another institution. Information about courtesy
admission may be obtained from the Graduate Programs.

Admission Procedures

Application forms and information about graduate
programs may be obtained by writing to:
Graduate Programs
Clarion University of PA
840 Wood Street
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
Routine admission policy requires that all graduate
applicants submit:
1. a completed online application form;
2. an official transcript from each college or
university attended as an undergraduate or
graduate student (regardless of whether or not
a degree was earned). Official transcripts are
issued from colleges/universities in sealed
envelopes with the seal of the university and the
signature of the registrar on the outside of the
envelopes. The transcripts must be sealed by the
registrar and remain sealed until their arrival in
the Graduate Programs office. Partial transcripts
are acceptable, but evidence of a degree must be
submitted before a student may enroll in classes;
3. at least three current faculty and/or professional
recommendations on the Clarion University
recommendation forms;*
4. $40 non-refundable application fee; and
5. a resume.
Some graduate programs require additional information
or procedures.
*Not required of non-degree students or some
programs; two required for nursing applicants. Please
check the website.

All documents become the property of Clarion
University and will not be returned or duplicated for any
purpose outside the university. Each application must be
for one program only. An additional complete application
packet including the $40 application fee must be submitted
if you are applying to more than one program. All official
documents must be submitted in a large envelope from
the applicant. Following one semester of enrollment, if
you want to change to another graduate program you must
resubmit all application materials (including $40 fee) as
previously outlined. Applications will be reviewed only
after all materials have been received.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Categories of Admission

5

6

Clarion University

Admission Application Deadlines for Regular,
Provisional and Non-Degree Admissions

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

The following deadlines apply to graduate applicants.*
Nursing applicants:
To be fully considered for the limited number of seats
in our competitive Nursing program, all materials
must be in our graduate office by Oct. 1 prior to the
fall start date for any given year. Clarion University
operates on a rolling admissions basis which means
that applications may be submitted and reviewed any
time prior to the deadline. It is recommended that
applications be submitted far enough in advance of
the deadline to insure ‘complete’ status. Applications
received after the Oct. 1 deadline may be considered
for an interview for our wait list, or for acceptance to
the following years class if qualified. All students will
be notified of their status by March 1.
Speech Language Pathology applicants: Jan. 31—last
date to complete an application file for upcoming
academic year.
Other programs
Fall: July 15—last date to complete an application file
Spring: December 1—last date to complete an
application file
Summer: April 1—last date to complete an
application file for Summer
*International students must complete an application
file by July 15 for the fall term or by November 15 for
the spring term. See section below on “Admission of
International Students.”
Admission of International Students
Clarion University is authorized under federal law to
enroll nonimmigrant students. The university welcomes
international students to its campus and has an Office
of International Programs to assist students from other
countries in achieving a successful educational experience
at Clarion. International students may write to:
Office of International Programs
Clarion University of Pennsylvania
840 Wood Street
Clarion, PA 16214-1232 U.S.A.
intlprograms@clarion.edu
International students seeking admission to graduate
study at Clarion University should follow directions
specified for all students under each program’s “Admission
Requirements” and “Degree Requirements.” In addition,
the international student applicant must satisfy the
following requirements:
1. Submit his or her application for admission by the
specified deadline in which he or she wishes to begin
study at Clarion.

2. International applicants must provide evidence of a
bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an acceptably
accredited college or university. International applicants
must have their complete academic records (transcripts,
mark sheets, certificates) evaluated by one of the
following professional credential evaluating services:
World Education Services (WES) (www.wes.org)
  or Educational Credential Evaluators, Inc. (ECE)
(www.ece.org)

Applicants should request WES or ECE to forward
evaluation results directly to the Clarion University
Graduate Programs Office.
3. A minimum grade-point average (GPA) of 2.75/4.00
scale at the undergraduate level. Some programs
require a higher undergraduate GPA. Please review
the program admission requirements listed on the
“Checklist for Completion of Graduate Application.”
Individuals not meeting the GPA requirement of
a graduate program may be eligible for regular
admission when the lower GPA is evaluated in terms
of supplementary factors, including recommendations,
examination scores on such instruments as the Graduate
Record Examination (GRE), Graduate Management
Admission Test (GMAT), and/or the Miller Analogies
Test (MAT), or achievement in graduate-level course
work. Information regarding the GRE, GMAT, or MAT
may be obtained from Graduate Programs.
4. Demonstrate English language proficiency. Acceptable
evidence of proficiency is successful completion of Test
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a score
of 550 (paper-based test), 213 (computer-based test),
or 80 (Internet-based). Also a minimum International
English Language Testing System (IELTS) score of 7.0
is acceptable. Speech language pathology applicants
are required to submit minimum TOEFL scores of 573
(paper -based), 230 (computer-based), or 89 (Internetbased) with a breakdown of minimum scores of 18 in
reading, 26 in speaking, 21 in listening and 24 in writing.
Mass media arts and journalism (communication)
applicants are required to submit minimum TOEFL
scores of 600 (paper-based test), 250 (computer-based
test), or 100 (Internet-based). A minimum IELTS
score of 7.5 is acceptable for mass media arts and
journalism (communication) and speech language
pathology applicants. Clarion offers an Intensive
English Program (IEP) and satisfactory completion of
the program meets the university’s English language
proficiency requirement. As an ESL coop university,
the 112-level Intensive English Program also meets the
university’s English language proficiency. Satisfactory
completion of a bachelor’s degree from an accredited
U.S. university or college is also acceptable evidence
of English language proficiency. Other evidence may
be approved by the Graduate Programs office, such as
affirmation of proficiency by a Clarion faculty member,
other individual, or organization known to Clarion
University.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Admissions Policy Statement
Clarion University is committed to ensuring a safe
learning environment for all students, faculty, and staff.
As such, policy and procedures have been developed to
protect all members of the University Community.
When Clarion University receives an admissions
application in which an individual has met the academic
admissions requirements and has indicated he or she has
been convicted of a criminal offense, the application
will be forwarded to the Director of Admissions. The
Director of Admissions and Director of Judicial Affairs
will conduct a preliminary investigation and make one
of the following recommendations: Move forward
and process the admissions application or convene the
Admissions Review Committee for Criminal Convictions
for additional review and final decision.
Some state professional standards and licensure
requirements bar the issuing of a license to a convicted
felon. Consequently, convicted felons may not be eligible
for admission into related academic majors/programs.
Prior conviction, in and of itself, does not automatically
result in denial of admission to the University. The Review
Committee will base the determination on admission on
the severity of the offense(s), the period of time that has
lapsed between completion of the sentence, if applicable,
and the extent to which the conduct would be relevant to
the student’s participation in the University Community.
Members of the Criminal Convictions Review
Committee include:
Vice President for Enrollment Management
Director of Admissions
Associate/Assistant Director of Admissions
Director of Judicial Affairs

General Policies
Student Information Updates

Students are responsible for providing the university
with their current address, telephone, and other pertinent
personal information. For current students, this information
should be updated in your MyClarion Student Center.
Students are responsible for confirming their enrollment
each term/session via MyClarion by the end of the drop/
add period. If enrollment has not been confirmed by the
student, their class(es) for the term/session will be dropped.

Student Records

Student academic and personal records are confidential
in nature and protected by the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974. Records shall be
released only to appropriate faculty and administrative
personnel and to parents and guardians if the student has
provided the Office of the Registrar with a signed written
release. Release of these records to others, including
institutions or governmental and legal agencies, shall
occur only upon approval by the student or graduate, or
upon subpoena.
Transcripts of academic work are available to the
student or graduate at the Office of the Registrar when
requested in writing. There is a limit of three transcripts
per request per day. No transcript shall be issued to a
student who is financially indebted to the college. All
enrolled, degree-seeking students are charged a one-time
academic records fee which is added to their statement of
charges from the Accounts Receivable Office.
Grade Release Policy
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) of 1974 prohibits the release of educational
records, other than to certain defined exceptions, without
the student’s consent. Therefore, no transcripts, grades,
or GPAs shall be released through a telephone call or via
facsimile.
The Office of the Registrar will send grades to parents
upon request, if the student has completed a Release of
Information form. Grades are available via the Web.
Family Educational Rights And Privacy Act
(Ferpa) Notification Statement
The following notification statement is made available
to students enrolled at Clarion University to apprise them
of their rights concerning access and review of their
education records maintained at the university.
These rights afforded to students through the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) are:
The right to inspect and review the student’s education
records within 45 days of the day the university receives a
request for access. Students should submit to the registrar,
dean, chairperson, director or other appropriate university
official written requests that identify the record(s)
they wish to inspect. The university official will make

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

5. Furnish evidence of adequate financial support on
the Financial Support Statement form. The applicant
must provide an official statement from an authorized
bank certifying that sufficient funds are available to the
student to cover costs of university fees and general
living expenses for one academic year of study in
the United States. Immigration form I-20 will not be
issued until the international applicant has submitted
the required evidence of financial support.
6. Carry a full program of studies (at least nine semester
hours) upon admission and matriculation. The Bureau
of Citizenship and Immigration Services regulations
require students holding an “F” or “J” visa to carry a
full program of study. According to U. S. immigration
regulations, no more than the equivalent of one on-line/
distance education class or three credits per session may
count toward the “full course of study” requirement.
7. Be covered by adequate health insurance. Due to the high
cost of health care in the United States, all international
students are required to carry comprehensive medical
insurance. For further information on insurance, see
section entitled “Health Insurance” on page 19.

7

8

Clarion University

Graduate Study at
Clarion University
arrangements for access and notify the student of the
time and place where the records may be inspected. If
the records are not maintained by the university official to
whom the request was submitted, that official shall advise
the student of the correct official to whom the request
should be addressed.
The right to request the amendment of the student’s
education records that the student believes is inaccurate
or misleading. Students may ask the university to amend
a record that they believe is inaccurate or misleading.
They should write the university official responsible
for the record, clearly identify the part of the record
they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or
misleading. If the university decides not to amend the
record as requested by the student, the university will
notify the student of the decision and advise the student
of his or her right to a hearing regarding the request for
amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing
procedures will be provided to the student when notified
of the right to a hearing.
The right to consent to disclosures of personally
identifiable information contained in the student’s
education records, except to the extent that FERPA
authorizes disclosure without consent. One exception,
which permits disclosure without consent, is disclosure
to school officials with legitimate educational interests.
A school official is defined as a person employed by the
university in an administrative, supervisory, academic

or support staff position (including law enforcement
and health staff); a person or company with whom the
university has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor,
or collection agent); a person serving on the Board of
Trustees; or assisting another school official in performing
his or her tasks. The university uses contractors,
volunteers, in-service providers to provide university
services and functions. A school official has a legitimate
educational interest if the official needs to review an
education record in order to fulfill his or her professional
responsibility.
Upon request, the university may disclose education
records without consent to officials of another school in
which a student seeks or intends to enroll.
Examples of this are any collaborative programs that
Clarion is involved in with sister PASSHE universities.
These collaborative programs result in dual enrollment at
both schools and Clarion will disclose certain information
from the student’s education records to the other institution
under the program.
The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department
of Education concerning failures by the university to
comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and
address of the Office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20202-4605

Directory Information:
Clarion University shall disclose nothing more than
“directory information” without the student’s written
consent, unless the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 permits the disclosure. One of those
permissible disclosures is to faculty who has a legitimate
educational interest. The following are considered to be
“directory information:” the student’s name, local and
permanent addresses and telephone numbers, university
Email address, age, names of parents, major field of
study, dates of registered attendance, enrollment status
(e.g., undergraduate or graduate; full-time or part-time),
participation in officially recognized activities and sports,
any degrees and the date they were conferred, any honors
and awards received, and the most recent educational
agency or institution attended. A student may refuse to
permit disclosure of “directory information” by submitting
in person to the Office of the Registrar, at any time, a
written statement of such refusal. However, if the student’s
intent is exclusion of his or her information in the yearly
printed directory, they must submit this refusal during the
first five days of the fall and spring semesters.

Academic Policies and
Procedures
Academic Honesty Policy
Students at Clarion University shall maintain a high
standard of honesty in scholastic work. As members of
the university community, students have a responsibility
to be familiar with the conduct regulations found in the
university catalogs, Residence Hall Handbook; Student
Rights, Regulations, and Procedures Online Handbook,
and other university documents. Among the conduct
regulations addressed are acts of academic dishonesty,
including plagiarism or cheating on assignments,
examinations, or other academic work, or without prior
approval of the instructor, submitting work already done
for another course.
Students shall avoid all forms of academic dishonesty,
including but not limited to:
1. Plagiarism-the use of another’s words without
attribution and without enclosing the words in quotation
marks. Plagiarism may also be defined as the act of
taking the ideas or expression of ideas of another person
and representing them as one’s own-even if the original
paper has been paraphrased or otherwise modified. A
close or extended paraphrase may also be considered
plagiarism even if the source is named.
2. Collusion-collaborating with another person in the
preparation of notes, themes, reports, or other written
work offered for credit, unless specifically permitted
by the instructor.
3. Cheating on an examination or quiz-giving or
receiving information or using prepared material on
an examination or quiz.

9

4. Falsification of data-manufacturing data, falsification
of information, including providing false or misleading
information, or selective use of data to support a
particular conclusion or to avoid conducting actual
research.
Any member of the academic community may bring
complaints of academic dishonesty against a student.
Sanctions for academic dishonesty can range from a
failing grade on a particular assignment or examination to
dismissal from the university based on the seriousness of
the action and whether it is part of a pattern of academic
dishonesty. Instructors imposing a lowered or failing
grade on an assignment or course because of a charge of
academic dishonesty must inform the student. Students
have the right to appeal instructor decisions (Student
Rights, Regulations, and Procedures Online Handbook)
either through the grade-appeal process (see section on
“Student Rights in the Classroom”) or directly to the
Conduct Board (see section on “Adjudication Appeals”)
depending on the nature of the dispute. Sanctions
extending beyond a particular course, such as suspension
or dismissal from an academic program or from the
university, can only be imposed as the result of complaints
filed under the Disciplinary Procedures Code and after
Formal Hearings under this code.
Academic Standing
All graduate students are expected to remain in good
academic standing by maintaining a cumulative GPA of
3.0 on a 4.0 scale and earning no more than six semester
hours of “C” or lower grades in graduate courses.
Individual graduate programs may set higher standards
for “good” academic standings.
Probation:
Students who earn more than six semester hours of
grades of “C” or below or do not maintain a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 are placed on probation. A student placed
on probation automatically loses his or her graduate
assistantship. A reapplication for an assistantship will be
required once she or he has returned to “good” academic
standing.
A student placed on probation must return to “good”
academic standing through grades earned in course work
during the next semester or summer session in which he or
she enrolls. Failure to earn grades sufficient to be removed
from probation will result in the student being dismissed
from the graduate program in which she or he is enrolled.
Please note the following program specific policies:
• Library Science students receiving a grade of “C” or
below in two courses are dismissed as a candidate.
• MBA Program excludes grades earned in foundation
courses for the purpose of this policy.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

10

Clarion University

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Removal from probation due to more than 6 hours
of grades of “C” or below:
The student could repeat coursework in which the
original grade is “C” or below, a repeat course
grade will replace the original grade for grade-point
calculations. A maximum of six semester hours of
credit may be repeated.
• CSD students who are on probation must come up
with a remediation plan to remove themselves from
probation. This plan will come to the department
through the student’s faculty advisor and must be
approved.
Removal from probation due to GPA below 3.0:
The student should take additional graduate level
courses in his/her program and earn grades sufficient
to raise the cumulative GPA to 3.0 or above.
Dismissal:
Students who do not meet the conditions for removal of
probation will be dismissed from their graduate program.
After one semester of non-enrollment, the student may
reapply to the program. If reaccepted, all conditions
of probation apply and must be addressed in their first
semester back.
Students on probation status or who have been
dismissed in one program may apply to another graduate
program for consideration for regular full or provisional
admission.
Approved Graduate Council May 2013
Transfer of Credit
Some graduate programs allow students to transfer
credit for graduate courses taken at other regionallyaccredited institutions for coursework of higher academic
caliber in accepted fields of study. It is university policy
that no more than 30 percent of the total credits for a
degree may be transfer credits. The course(s) taken
must be recognized in content and quality as similar
to Clarion University’s approved academic credit. The
credits must be capable of counting toward a graduate
degree at the sponsoring institution. Course credit will
not be transferred until the course has been evaluated and
approved by the department and dean. A student enrolled
in a degree program at Clarion who wishes to take a course
at another institution for transfer to Clarion should obtain
prior approval from his/her academic advisor, department
chair, and the college dean (see transfer credit form for
approval process). The student is required to furnish a
complete description of the intended transfer course(s)
usually through a catalog description and the syllabus of
the course(s) for which he/she is requesting transfer credit.
Courses transferred must be certified as graduate level
on the official transcript and must have a grade of “B” or
better. Transfer credit course grades are not computed in
the Clarion GPA and all transfer credits will be calculated
in semester hours. The proposed transfer credit must not
be more than six years old at the time of completion of the

degree program at Clarion University. Credits earned as
part of another graduate degree from Clarion University or
other regionally accredited institutions may be transferred
into a Clarion graduate degree; no more than 30 percent
of the total credits for the new degree may be transferred
from credits that are part of a previously earned graduate
degree.
The following types of courses are not accepted for
transfer credit: correspondence course credit, pass/fail
grades, and workshop courses. Graduate Transfer Credit
Request forms are available online.
Residency
For Graduate Students:
At least two thirds of the credits meeting program
requirements must be taken from Clarion University.
Note: This is the minimum number of credits that must
be taken “in residence” and that an individual program
may limit the number of hours allowed to transfer into the
graduate program. In those cases, the limit is included as
part of the student’s degree audit.
For Doctoral Students:
Residency requirements are determined at the program
level.
Timeliness of Enrollment and
Completion of Degree
It is expected that an applicant admitted to graduate
study will enroll for course work at once. Students who
do not enroll at Clarion for graduate courses in programs
to which they are admitted within 12 months following
admission will be required to reapply before they can
enroll. Information about eligibility to enroll in classes
may be obtained from the Graduate Programs office.
A degree must be completed within six years from the
date of initial enrollment. Extensions may be allowed only
by approval of the department chair and the dean of the
college in which the student’s program resides.
Graduation and Degree Conferral Policy
Students must initiate an Application for Graduation to
be considered a candidate for graduation. Applications are
available on the Registrar’s Office website. Applications
must be approved by the academic advisor, department
chair and dean. Deadlines for submitting applications
are available on the Registrar’s Office website. Details
regarding the commencement ceremony can be found on
the Commencement webpage.
Formal commencement exercises are held in December
and May of each year. Participation in the December
ceremony is limited to those degree candidates who
will complete their degree requirements in fall or winter
intersession. Participation in the May ceremony is limited
to those degree candidates who will complete their degree
requirements in the spring or summer.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Simultaneous Degree Completion
Graduate students seeking to complete two simultaneous
graduate degrees will be required to complete at least 12
hours beyond the minimal credit requirements for the
degree program with the most required credits.
Post-Masters Students Returning for a Second
Masters Degree: Students need to complete an additional
15 credits (regardless of number of earned credits of the
first masters degree) and complete degree requirements in
effect at time of matriculation for second Masters degree.
Add/Drop
Class schedules may be changed during the add/drop
period. Courses may be added during the first week of
classes during the fall and spring semesters. For a list
of exact dates and deadlines for adding and dropping a
course for all terms, please refer to the ‘Calendars’ link
on the Registrar’s Office webpage at www.clarion.edu/
registrar/calendar
A student seeking admission to a closed section
should consult with the instructor or chairperson of
the department that offers the course. Admission to a
closed section requires the permission of the instructor
or department chair and/or the dean of the college that
offers the course.
Students may make changes to their schedule through
their MyClarion account.
Graduate Credit Load
A graduate student enrolled in nine semester hours of
course work in a term is considered a full-time student.
A graduate student taking less than nine credits is
considered a part-time student. The typical load for
graduate students is nine to 12 credits during the fall and
spring semesters.
Students who wish to enroll for more than 12 graduate
credit hours must have the approval of the graduate
program coordinator and the college dean.
400-Level Courses
Not all 400-level courses can be taken for graduate
credit. Students should consult with graduate program

coordinators or the Registrar’s office to determine
400-level courses that have been approved for graduate
credit. These approved 400-level courses are listed each
semester in the graduate section of the published Schedule
of Classes. Note: courses taken at the 400-level for
undergraduate credit cannot be repeated for graduate
credit. The maximum number of 400-level courses
accepted toward degree requirements varies among the
graduate programs. See specific program descriptions
and requirements.
Repeat Grade Policy
Graduate students can repeat a single course only once.
Graduate students are also limited to a maximum of two
repeats across their program.
Once a student has graduated from the university, a
course cannot be repeated for the purpose of improving
one’s cumulative undergraduate or graduate GPA.
The latest repeat grade shall be the counting grade in
the GPA prior to graduation. The quality points, quality
hours, and earned hours of the original grade received will
be subtracted from the student’s cumulative statistics. The
student’s transcript will reflect that the student repeated a
course. Grades earned at another institution cannot be used
to replace grades previously earned at Clarion.
Withdrawals
Individual Course Withdrawal Policy
All class withdrawals must be initiated by completing
a class withdrawal form, which is signed by the student’s
advisor. If a withdrawal is not made through the Office
of the Registrar, a failing grade may be recorded for the
affected course(s). Classes a student drops during the
period of drop/add will not appear on the student’s record.
Course withdrawals may be made between the second and
tenth weeks of a regular semester or by the dates listed
on the Registrar’s calendar page for winter and summer
sessions. Students are limited to 5 class withdrawals
within their career.
Appeals for a late course withdrawal may be made
by students to the Registrar for withdrawals due to
documented extenuating circumstances such as illness or
some other unavoidable occurrence. These appeals must
be submitted in writing prior to the last day of classes
and require approval of the instructor, advisor, and dean
of the student’s program. Ceasing to attend class does not
constitute an official withdrawal. Students must officially
withdraw from the course.
Withdrawal From the University
Students may withdraw from the university (all
courses) through the last day of classes by notifying the
Office of the Registrar in writing of his or her intention
to withdraw and the reason for withdrawal. University
withdrawals, which are recorded with grades of WX,
are not included in the limit of five individual course

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Degrees are conferred six times annually – the last day
of final exams for the fall semester, winter intersession,
spring semester, first summer session, second summer
session, and third summer session.
Students who have not successfully completed all
degree requirements within 30 days after the last day of
final exams will not have their degree awarded until the
degree conferral date for the term their requirements have
been completed.
Students who do not successfully complete their
degree requirements for the term are responsible for
reactivating their application for graduation by notifying
the Registrar’s Office of their next anticipated date of
graduation.

11

12

Clarion University

withdrawals. If a withdrawal is not made by the deadline,
a failing grade may be recorded for the affected course(s).
Ceasing to attend classes does not constitute an official
university withdrawal. Students must officially withdraw
from the university.
Appeals to this procedure must be submitted by the
student in writing to the Registrar no later than 30 days
following the end of the semester for which the student
is submitting the withdrawal. Appeals require review and
approval by the Office of Academic Affairs. Contact Student
Financial Services for financial implications of withdrawal.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Grading System
A
excellent
B
good
C
satisfactory
D
poor
F
failure
IP
in progress
I*
incomplete work
P
passing
W
withdrawal from a course
WX withdrawal from the university
Z*
grade not submitted (Temporary)
AU audit
* Becomes an F after one semester if not completed.

Auditing Courses
With the permission of the instructor, interested
students may audit courses if there is space available in the
course from the first day of class and up until the end of the
drop/add period. No credits, quality points or grades are
assigned for audited courses. Students must declare their
intentions in writing to the Office of the Registrar before
the end of the drop/add period. Laboratory courses may
not be taken as an audit. Students who enroll in a course
for credit may change to an audit grade only during the
drop/add period. Likewise, students who enroll in a course
to audit may only change to credit during this same period.
Courses taken as an audit will be recorded on the
official transcript with a grade of “AU;” no credit or letter
grade will be received. Graduate-level courses taken as an
“audit” cannot be counted as credits in a degree program
and cannot be repeated later for credit or a letter grade.
Incomplete Grades
Incomplete grades are not given unless a student has
been in attendance throughout a semester or session. It
indicates the work of a student is incomplete and the final
grade is being withheld until the student fulfills all the
requirements of the course. Incomplete grades are used
only when conditions and circumstances warrant and when
evidence is presented to justify its being given.
Students receiving incomplete grades are required to
make arrangements with the instructor who submitted the
incomplete grade to fulfill the requirements of the course

by the end of the following semester, or the incomplete
becomes a failing grade. Incompletes are not removed by
repeating the course.
No one may be cleared for graduation with “I” grades
on record.
In Progress Grades
The grade “IP” is given for thesis work at the graduate
level that extends beyond the semester or term originally
scheduled if the course is not completed. It implies
satisfactory performance. The grade “IP” will not alter the
GPA of the student since hours attempted, hours earned,
and quality points earned will be entered in cumulative
totals once the final grade is submitted. The “IP” grade
shall remain on the student’s transcript until the instructor
submits a grade.
Advisement
Upon admission to a graduate program, a student is
assigned an advisor. The advisor will assist the student
in planning an individual program and in maintaining
progress within the program.
Research, Theses, and Comprehensive
Examinations
The individual graduate programs within the university
establish research, theses, and/or comprehensive
examination requirements. The student should refer to
the section of this catalog presenting specific programs
to determine exact requirements.
Student Responsibility for Academic
Requirements
Provisions in the Clarion Graduate Catalog cannot be
considered an irrevocable contract between the university
and the student.
The university makes every effort to keep information
in the catalog current. It must reserve the right, however,
to amend any academic, administrative, or disciplinary
policies or regulations and to update fees or service
charges described in this catalog without prior notice to
persons affected.
Students are held responsible for reading and
understanding the academic, administrative, and
disciplinary policies or regulations and for understanding
the general education requirements as published in the
catalog when they matriculate. They are held responsible
for the requirements of a major in effect at the time they
officially declare a major. If students change majors, they
are responsible for the requirements of the major in effect
when they officially change majors.
Requirements for graduation as well as those for
various curricula and degree programs may change
after students matriculate at Clarion. Such changes

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Nondiscrimination on the Basis of
Disability

Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 have provided
the framework for those individuals with disabilities
to not be discriminated against. Clarion University,
which is a federally funded institution, must provide for
nondiscrimination under its federal grants and programs.
Thus, “no otherwise qualified individual with a disability
in the United States... shall, solely by reason of her or
his disability be excluded from the participation in, be
denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination
under any program or activity receiving federal financial
assistance...” (29 U.S.C. § 794(a), see also 29 U.S.C.
§ 706(8), see also 42 U.S.C. §§ 12132, 10102, 12114).
An “individual with a disability” has been defined, with
certain exceptions, as “any person who (i) has a physical
or mental impairment which substantially limits one or
more of such person’s major life activities, (ii) has a record
of such an impairment, or (iii) is regarded as having such
an impairment. (See 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et. seq. and 29
U.S.C. § 701 et. seq.)
The applications of these laws at Clarion University
ensures that:
1. no qualified individual with a disability may
be excluded solely by such disability from any
course, or courses of study;*
2. classes will be rescheduled for those students
with mobility impairments if they are scheduled
for inaccessible class­rooms;*
3. academic degree or course requirements may
be modified in certain instances to ensure full
participation by students with disabilities;*
4. alternate methods of testing and evaluation
are available in all courses offered by the
university for students with documented
requirements for such methods;*
5. auxiliary aids are made available by the
university for students with impaired sensory,
manual, or speaking skills;*
6. certain campus rules and regulations may
be waived if they limit the participation of
students with disabilities;* and
7. housing opportunities, employment
opportunities, and other opportunities for
students with disabilities are equal to those of
students without disabilities.*
*Note: The university is only legally obligated
to provide academic adjustments to a qualified
individual with a disability who has made his or her

need known and when it has received the appropriate
documentation of such disability to support the
adjustment. Thus, students must provide the
university with the necessary medical and diagnostic
information to support their requests, including
specifying what academic adjustments are needed.
The Office of Disability Support Services (DSS)
functions as the university’s primary vehicle for assisting
students with physical and/or learning disabilities. Students
must initiate the process of receiving accommodations
by contacting the coordinator of Disability Support
Services, located in 419 Becht Hall. Also, as part of the
university’s registration process, students are provided
with a confidential questionnaire that enables them
to notify the university of possible accommodations
and services that are related to a disabling condition.
Students should return these forms to the Office of the
Registrar. In addition, students must contact the DSS office
to submit proper documentation and discuss requested
accommodations. Students should contact the DSS
office far enough in advance to allow sufficient time to
coordinate accommodations.
Information on services for students with disabilities
may be obtained by contacting the Coordinator of Disability
Support Services, 419 Becht Hall, 814-393-2095. Inquiries
regarding services and facilities accessibility may also be
obtained by contacting the Director of Social Equity, 210
Carrier Administration Building, 814-393-2109.
Center for Academic Achievement
The Center for Academic Achievement is available
to students with disabilities who desire additional help in
the form of academic advising, informational workshops,
and assistance with study skills. Students interested in
obtaining information about the program should contact
the CAA program, 419 Becht Hall, 814-393-2347.

Clarion Online

Lynne M. Lander Fleisher, Director
124 Becht Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2778
Email address: lfleisher@clarion.edu
Website: www.clarion.edu/online

Clarion University, combines its academic tradition
of excellence with online educational technology to
provide classes and programs that are—accredited,
accessible, anywhere. Information on the availability of
specific degrees online is indicated under each of the
degree program areas. A list of current course offerings
and online undergraduate programs is available on the
Web at www.clarion.edu/online.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

will not be retroactive, although students will have the
option to elect to meet the new program requirements, if
desired. Exceptions may be necessary when changes in
professional certification or licensure standards mandate
such changes in requirements or programs.

13

14

Off-Campus Courses and Programs
A variety of face-to-face classes and classes delivered
by way of Interactive Video Conferencing (ITV) in
specialized programs, are offered around the state at
various locations.

Student Financial Services
(Billing and Financial Aid)

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Becht Hall, First Floor
Telephone: 1-800-672-7171, opt#2
Email Address: stfinservice@clarion.edu
Website: www.clarion.edu/finaid
Current Costs of Enrollment
Students should refer to the Clarion University
Student Financial Services (SFS) website at: www.
clarion.edu/finaid for current costs of enrollment and
detailed billing/payment information.
Student Invoices
Student invoices (bills) are not mailed to students.
Students can view and print their electronic invoices via
the Student Service Center (https://myclarion.clarion.
edu) approximately 30 days prior to the start of the
semester. Students are billed each term (i.e. summer,
fall, winter, and spring) and payment is expected by the
first day of class each semester. Winter and summer
session invoices are available approximately 10 days
prior to the start of these sessions.
Monthly Payment Plan
Clarion University offers an alternative to paying
your bill in full via the interest-free monthly payment
plan through Tuition Management Systems (TMS).
There are 12-month and 10-month payment plan options
available to choose from at https://clarion.afford.com.
A small enrollment fee is the only cost, and no credit
approval is required. Interested students may obtain
additional information about the payment plan and other
payment options at www.clarion.edu/payments.
Financial Aid Refunds
Refunds from excess financial aid are not available to
students until after drop/add is over each semester. The
quickest way to gain access to any financial aid refunds
you may receive from excess financial aid disbursements
is to sign up for direct deposit online on your MyClarion
account. You can get step-by-step directions on how to
do this at: www.clarion.edu/myclariondoc.
Financial Aid Application
Financial assistance is available to students in the
form of scholarships, loans, and student employment.
Clarion urges all students to complete a Free Application
for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) prior to May 1 each
year via the federal website: www.fafsa.ed.gov. Please
indicate Clarion’s Title IV code (003318) on the FAFSA
form.

Clarion University

Academic Year
At Clarion University, an academic year is comprised
of a fall and spring semester, during which time a fulltime graduate student is expected to complete at least 18
credits. The period of time school is in session consists
of 30 weeks of instruction.
Financial Aid Programs
In addition to graduate assistantships, the following
financial aid may be available to graduate students:
Federal TEACH Grant
Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher
Education (TEACH) grants are based on the program
of study and cumulative grade point average (3.25 is
required) rather than financial need. In order to qualify
for this grant at Clarion, students must be enrolled in
a bilingual education, foreign language, mathematics,
reading specialist, science, or special education degree
program.
Interested students should complete a TEACH Grant
Preliminary Application available online at www.clarion.
edu/financialaidforms. Once approved for the grant,
students must complete an annual Agreement To Serve
document in which they agree to teach for at least four
academic years within the first eight calendar years
of completing their TEACH eligible degree. NOTE:
TEACH recipients who fail to complete this service
obligation will have their TEACH grants converted to
interest-bearing Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford
Loans. Interest will be assessed retroactive to the date
the first TEACH grant disbursed to their account.
Federal Perkins Loan Program
Perkins is a need-based, campus-based loan program
for students enrolled at least half-time who demonstrate
considerable unmet need. Students must have the current
year FAFSA form on file and must also complete a
Perkins Loan Application, available in the SFS Office
each year after April 15. Perkins loan amounts may vary,
but $1000 per semester is the maximum award for most
Clarion students.
The five percent interest loan is non-interest bearing
while the student is enrolled at least half-time at the
university. Borrowers have a one-time-only 9-month
“grace” period, during which no payment is required,
after they leave Clarion. The standard repayment period
of 10 years requires borrowers to make quarterly (four
times per year) payments with interest accruing at five
percent.
Federal Direct Stafford Loan Program
Stafford Loans provide a maximum of $20,500 per
academic year for eligible students. Graduate students
cannot exceed an aggregate loan limit of $138,500 for
both undergraduate and graduate loans.

15

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Students must have a current year FAFSA on file, as
well as a Master Promissory Note (MPN) and Entrance
Loan Counseling. The one-time-only MPN and entrance
counseling are completed online at www.studentloans.
gov.
Stafford loan interest rates vary by year and type of
loan. However, there is a 9.5 percent maximum interest
rate cap on all Direct Stafford Loan programs.
Repayment for Direct Stafford Loans begins six
months after the student ceases at least half-time
enrollment at the university. During this six month
“grace” period, no payment is required. However,
monthly repayments start at the end of the one-time-only
grace period and extend over a 10-year repayment period.
Loan deferments are available to eligible students-students should contact their federal loan servicer to
obtain additional information if they experience financial
hardships during their 10-year repayment period.
Federal Direct GradPLUS Loans
GradPLUS loans are available to graduate students
and are not based on financial need. Students may choose
to borrow up to their cost of education minus any other
financial aid awarded for the year. There are no aggregate
loan limits for this program.

Students must have a current year FAFSA on file
and complete both a GradPLUS loan application and a
GradPLUS loan Master Promissory Note (MPN) on the
www.studentloans.gov website. Eligible students must
be enrolled at least half-time to qualify for this loan and
demonstrate no adverse credit history in order to qualify
for the loan.
GradPLUS loan interest rates may vary but there is a
10.5 percent maximum cap.
Students may request an in-school deferment during
the GradPLUS application process. This permits them to
waive the requirement to begin repayment no later than
60 days after the loan is fully disbursed to their account.
Students have 10 years in which to repay the loan once
their deferment expires and/or the loan is fully disbursed
to the student.
Private (Alternative) Loans
Before applying for a private (alternative) loan,
consider Federal Direct Student Loans first. Generally,
they offer better terms and lower interest rates.
If you find that you need additional funding, do not
wish to apply for federal financial aid, or are ineligible
for federal aid, you may want to apply for a private

16

Clarion University

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

loan. Some private loans are not subject to federal
financial aid regulations, such as having a FAFSA on
file, making satisfactory academic progress, completing
federal verification, and they do not have limits on the
amount borrowed based on the number of credits earned.
However, they are based on the credit-worthiness of the
applicant and/or the cosigner.
Private lenders offer a variety of loan products to
undergraduate, graduate, professional school, part-time,
continuing education, and international students. In most
cases, students can apply online. In some cases, the loans
can be used to pay past due balances of educational
costs. Additional information, as well as our private loan
comparison tool through ELMSelect, can be found online
at www.clarion.edu/privateloans.
Clarion University Revolving Loan
This loan fund may only be utilized for educational
purposes (books, etc.) and is available to Clarion students
who are enrolled in a degree program at least half-time
(six credits) and do not currently have a financial hold
on their account.
Students who wish to borrow money from this fund
to purchase books at the University Book Store must
complete a Promissory Note at the Book store within the
first two weeks of the semester. Students who need funds
for other educational related costs should contact the
Director of Student Financial Services to request funds
and/or complete a Promissory Note. Loan amounts may
vary, but are typically restricted to no more than $350.
The loan is interest-free but must be repaid in its
entirety no later than 30 days from the date of issue.
Financial aid funds can be utilized to cover this
outstanding balance. If a borrower does not repay the
loan within this time period, a registration hold will be
placed on the student’s account until such time as the
loan balance is paid in full.
Part-Time Employment
Employment is available to the extent that funds are
provided by the federal government and the institution.
The assignment of students to on- or off-campus
positions is generally based on financial need. Students
interested in student employment should log in to
their Career Connections account at www.clarion.edu/
careerconnections to review employment opportunities.
All student employment programs require eligible
students to maintain at least half-time enrollment (six
credits) during the academic year. Participating students
must be paid at least the current federal minimum wage
rate and receive their pay on a bi-weekly basis.
Federal Work-Study Program
The university participates in the Federal WorkStudy Program which permits students with unmet
financial need to work while classes are in session.
Eligible students must have a current year FAFSA
on file. Participating students typically work no more

than 10-15 hours per week (as determined by the
employer) during the academic year.
State (Institutional) Employment Program
Students participating in this program do not need
to demonstrate unmet financial need nor is a current
year FAFSA required. Hours are typically limited
to no more than 10-15 hours per week during the
academic year (as determined by the employer).
Veterans’ Benefits
Clarion University is approved to offer courses/
programs under the G.I. Bill.© Students who are entitled
under one of these bills should contact the Veterans
Certifying Official immediately after being accepted for
admission to the university in order to secure additional
instruction at 814-393-1071. Credit for educational
experience in the armed services is accepted on the
basis of recommendations by the American Council on
Education – ACE.
Conditions Which Accompany Financial Aid
In order to continue receiving financial aid following
initial enrollment at Clarion University of Pennsylvania,
students must meet certain conditions each year. One
such condition requires students to enroll at least parttime (six credits) for the federal aid programs. Also, all
federal aid applicants must reapply for aid using the
FAFSA form each year. Full-time graduate students may
receive assistance from the federal Title IV programs
for up to 150 percent of the published length of their
educational program.
Federal aid regulations require students to maintain
satisfactory academic progress (SAP). In order to
demonstrate good SAP, students must successfully
complete at least 67 percent of all cumulatively attempted
credits to date, as measured on an annual basis. This
percentage is calculated and reviewed each academic
year at the end of the spring term, prior to the student’s
receipt of any additional federal financial aid monies for
the future academic year.
Students, regardless of enrollment status, who fail
to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least a 3.00 are not
eligible to receive additional federal aid, even if they
meet the 67 percent cumulative completion requirement.
Appeal Procedure
Students denied financial aid for any reason may
appeal the denial as follows:
1. Write to the Student Financial Services Office
(SFS), Clarion University, 840 Wood Street,
Clarion, PA 16214, noting the denial and stating
the reasons why financial aid should not be
denied. NOTE: If the student is appealing a lack of
satisfactory academic progress (SAP) determination,
specific directions on the appeal process are
available at www.clarion.edu/sappolicy.
2. SFS Office staff will review the denial in terms of
information provided by the student.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Return of Federal Aid Monies due to
University Withdrawal
Federal Title IV regulations dictate the return of federal
aid monies. If a recipient of Title IV funds (TEACH Grant,
Direct Stafford Loan, Direct GradPLUS Loan) withdraws
from school after beginning attendance, a portion of
the Title IV funds may have to be returned to the U.S.
Department of Education (USDE).
Title IV funds are awarded to a student under the
assumption that the student will attend school for the
entire period for which the assistance is awarded. When a
student withdraws, the student may no longer be eligible
for the full amount of the Title IV funds that the student
was originally scheduled to receive.
Students, who are considering withdrawing after the
semester begins or reducing their credit hour load, should
contact the Student Financial Services Office first to
determine the impact on their financial aid awards.
If a student withdraws before completing 60 percent
of the semester, the percentage of Title IV funds earned
is equal to the percentage of the semester completed. The
university is required to return the unearned portion to the
U.S. Department of Education. If a student earned less aid
than was disbursed, the institution is required to return a
portion of the funds and the student is then required to
return a portion of the funds. When Title IV funds are
returned, the student borrower may owe a balance to the
institution. The institution must return the amount of the
Title IV funds for which it is responsible no later than 30
days after the date of the determination of the date of the
student’s withdrawal.
The percentage of payment period or term completed
up to the withdrawal date is determined by dividing the
total number of days enrolled by the total days in the
standard payment period or term. (Any break of five days
or more is not counted as part of the days in the term.) This
percentage is also the percentage of earned aid. Funds are
returned to the appropriate federal program based on the
percentage of unearned aid using the following formula:
aid to be returned = (100 percent of the aid that could be
disbursed minus the percentage of earned aid) multiplied
by the total amount of aid that could have been disbursed
during the payment period of the term.
Returns are allocated in the following order:
• Unsubsidized Direct Stafford Loans
• Federal Perkins Loans
• Direct GradPLUS Loans
If a student withdraws after completing more than 60
percent of the semester, the percentage of Title IV funds
earned is 100, and neither the student nor the school return
any funds to USDE.
If a student earns more aid than was disbursed to him/
her, the institution owes the student a post-withdrawal

disbursement which must be paid within 120 days of the
student’s withdrawal.
Medical Withdrawal: Students who request a medical
withdrawal are required to repay all refund amounts they
received from excess financial aid during the term in
question. In order to fully (100 percent) credit the tuition
and fees, the university must return all aid. Any refunds of
excess financial aid given to the student must be repaid to
the university before the withdrawal request is finalized.

Please note: The university refund policy for tuition and
fees is very different from the Federal Title IV regulations for
returning financial aid. For example: If a student withdraws
after the end of the university refund period, the student will
be charged for 100 percent of his/her tuition and fees. If the
student withdraws before completing more than 60 percent of the
semester, the university is required to return a portion of his/her
Title IV funds. In most cases, the student will owe the university
for the Title IV funds returned. If not repaid to the university, the
student will not be able to return in future semesters or receive
official transcripts.

Scholarships for Graduate Students
General

Clarion University Alumni Association Ross Rankin
& Family Graduate Scholarships: Graduate students must
be currently enrolled in one of Clarion University’s graduate
programs and must have completed nine graduate credit hours by
the time of the application. Students must be in good academic
standing, with at least a 3.5 GPA in their program. Part-time
students must be enrolled for at least six credits during the
semester the funds will be used. Applications are available in
the Alumni Relations office and the Graduate Programs office
at the beginning of each fall semester.

College of Business Administration and
Information Sciences

S&T Bank Endowed Scholarship: Established by S&T
Bank for graduate students enrolled in the MBA Program offered
by the College of Business Administration. Candidates must have
attained a minimum college or university GPA of 3.5 and/or
attained a score of 550 on the Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT). First preference is given to Pennsylvania residents.
For information, contact the College of Business Administration
and Information Sciences Graduate Office at 814-393-2605.
Master of Science in Accounting Scholarship: To recruit
and retain promising Clarion accounting students to obtain a
Master of Science in Accounting with a goal of becoming a CPA.

Library Science Department

Information on Library Science scholarships can be obtained by
contacting the department office at 814-393-2271.

Ahmad F.M. Gamaluddin Scholarship in Library
Science: Established in memory of Dr. Ahmad Gamaluddin, a
noted educator, librarian, scholar, and kind mentor who served
on Clarion University’s library science faculty for 30 years.
The award is available to all qualified graduate students, both
full- and part-time, who have demonstrable serious interest
in international/multicultural librarianship. Selection criteria
includes enrollment in the MSLS program for full- or parttime study; completion of at least nine graduate credit hours
with a cumulative GPA of 3.5, and a written essay explaining

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

3. Following the review, the SFS Office staff will
inform the student of the status of the appeal
(granted/declined).

17

18

applicant’s understanding and commitment to international
and/or multicultural librarianship and how the award will help
achieve a career that will focus on either. Selection is made by the
department scholarship committee and payment is administered
by the university’s student accounts office.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Charles R. Flack Scholarship in Library Science:
Established in memory of Charles R. Flack, former head of
the Department of Library Science at Clarion. Offered to a
sophomore or junior enrolled in the Bachelor of Science in
Education degree at Clarion or in the Master of Science in Library
Science degree program for full-time continuous study. Further
criteria include evidence of professional potential in librarianship
based upon earned grades and a written statement of personal
and professional goals as well as significant contributions to the
purposes and activities of the Department of Library Science.
Preference shall be given to a physically challenged student who
meets the above criteria.
Elizabeth A. Rupert Graduate Scholarship in Library
Science: Established in honor of Dr. Elizabeth A. Rupert, an
alumna of Clarion (’59) who also served as dean of the College
of Library Science from 1971 until her retirement. The purpose
of the scholarship is to give personal encouragement and financial
support to a promising graduate student seeking a career in
librarianship by completing the Master of Science in Library
Science degree at Clarion.
H.W. Wilson Scholarship (Graduate Students): Awards
are made every five years to graduate students majoring in
library science. Recipients are chosen on the basis of academic
excellence and financial need. Selection is made by the
departmental scholarship committee, and payment is made by
the H.W. Wilson Foundation through the Clarion University
Foundation, Inc..

College of Arts, Education and Sciences
School of Education

Earl R. Siler Memorial Scholarship: Established in
memory of Dr. Earl Siler to recognize graduate or undergraduate
students in the area of early childhood in their professional
development activities. Contact the chair of the Education
Department at 814-393-2404.

Venango College School of Health
Sciences
Communication Sciences and Disorders (CSD)
Department

Marian Renn Marshall Graduate Fellowship (Graduate
Students): Established through the Clarion University
Foundation, Inc. in memory of Marian Renn Marshall. The
award offers assistance to graduate students admitted to the
speech language pathology graduate program. Selection is made
by the CSD Department on the basis of academic record. For
information, contact the CSD Department at 814-393-2581.

Department of Nursing

Elizabeth M. McCord Scholarship: Established by the
McCord family in honor of Mrs. McCord and her service to the
university’s Health Center. First preference is given to full-time
graduate students in the M.S.N. program. Second preference is
to students with six or more graduate credits each semester. The
basis for selection is the student’s academic record; financial
need is considered secondarily. For further information, contact
the School of Nursing at 814-393-1252.

Clarion University

Graduate Student Support Services
Graduate Assistantships
Each year a limited number of graduate assistantships
are awarded to individuals with regular full-admission
status to a graduate program. Graduate assistants work
10 or 20 hours a week in assignments related to academic
programs or university-wide service. They are paid an
hourly stipend. There are no summer assistantships.
There also are a limited number of Frederick Douglass
Assistantships, offered to graduates of Historically Black
Colleges and Universities (HBCU). All candidates for
these assistantships must meet full admission requirements
to a Clarion University graduate program and be a graduate
of an HBCU. All general assistantship policies apply to
the HBCU positions.
Recipients of a graduate assistantship must take at least
six graduate credits a semester, perform assigned duties
in a satisfactory manner, and remain in good academic
standing. There is an approved evaluation process and
instrument for each graduate assistantship position that
is utilized annually. Graduate assistants are evaluated on
their performance in a specific position.
Students wishing to apply for a graduate assistantship
should do so at the time of application to graduate study
at Clarion University. Graduate assistant application forms
are included in the application for admission to graduate
study packet and are available in the Graduate Programs
office and academic departments.
University Libraries
Terry S. Latour, Ph.D., Dean of University Libraries
125 Carlson Library Building
Telephone: 814-393-2343
Email address: tlatour@clarion.edu
Website: www.clarion.edu/libraries
Suhr Library, Venango Campus: 814-393-1242

Department Faculty: M. Buchanan, S. Chen,
L. Cheresnowski, N. Clemente, C. Glotfelty, P. Johner,
B. Martin

Carlson Library on the Clarion campus and Suhr
Library on the Venango campus have combined collections
of more than 1.7 million items in various formats, including
books, e-books, microforms, journals, e-journals, media,
streaming video, and electronic databases. Materials
not held by the two libraries may be accessed through
interlibrary loan services offered at both libraries or
directly online through the libraries’ Webpage. The
libraries are committed to providing excellent service to
users. Qualified library faculty and staff are available in
the libraries’ public service areas and via phone, chat, and
Email to assist users in locating information, satisfying
research needs, and effectively using instructional
technologies. Library faculty also provide instruction
on general library use and on research resources and

strategies which are discipline specific. The libraries’
webpage (www.clarion.edu/libraries) provides a gateway
to scholarly resources including services which provide
full text access to thousands of academic journals and
services for distance learners.
The mission of the Clarion University libraries is to:
• assist university undergraduate and graduate
students, faculty, staff, and administration in
conveniently locating and accessing the university’s
information resources and those of other sources;
• develop and provide timely and responsive services,
programs, and tools that facilitate translation of
information into knowledge and support research,
scholarship, teaching, and learning;
• build, select, and preserve, in cooperation with
university faculty, a collection of information
resources commensurate with the current and
anticipated discipline needs of the university’s
instructional programs and supportive of teaching
and learning processes;
• contribute to progress of the university and the
profession; and
• participate in addressing the information resource
needs of local and rural communities in Pennsylvania.
Carlson Library on the Clarion Campus is a state-of-the
art facility. Extensive connectivity to the campus network
and the Internet is provided through building-wide wireless
and standard data networks. There are three computer
laboratories with PCs, Macs, and printers available for
student use. Laptop computers and iPads are available
for use in the library. The Carlson Library building is
home to the university’s Center for Academic Excellence
as well as the University Art Gallery. The Department of
Library Science, a department in the university’s College
of Business Administration and Information Sciences, has
its offices and classrooms in the facility.
Suhr Library on the Venango campus provides an
inviting research and study environment. It is a wireless
zone containing a computer lab and providing laptop
computers and iPads for both library and off-site use. Suhr
Library houses the Barbara Morgan Harvey Center for the
Study of Oil Heritage, which sponsors a range of activities
and contains primary source information on the region.
Health Services
Student Health Services, accredited by the Accreditation
Association for Ambulatory Health Centers (AAAHC),
provides health services and wellness promotion to
the students of Clarion University. Health Services is
located at 256 Becht Hall. A highly credentialed staff,
including contracted physicians, certified registered nurse
practitioners and registered nurses certified in college
health, provide specialized student health services.
Operating hours are 8:30 a.m.-11:45 a.m. and 12:45
p.m.-4:45 p.m., Monday through Friday. After-hours
and emergency services are available from a variety of
community providers.

19

Care provided by Health Services is similar to that
provided in a physician’s office. Specific services include:
physical examinations, immunizations, allergy injections,
medications and prescriptions, pregnancy testing, treatment
of acute and chronic illnesses and injuries and referral to
appropriate community resources. Proper immunization is
highly recommended prior to university entrance.
A $5 fee is assessed for each visit. In addition, there
may be charges for medications or procedures associated
with the visit. Students are strongly encouraged to contact
their primary insurance carrier to determine the conditions
and limitations, if any, on medical treatment away from
home. Health Services does not bill insurances for visits,
procedures, or medications. All expenses incurred at the
health center are applied to the student’s account. Charges
for laboratory, X-ray, and inpatient or outpatient services
at other facilities are the responsibility of the student.
Health Insurance
University policy requires students have medical
insurance coverage to be eligible for participation in
university-sanctioned, sponsored and /or approved
activities, including intercollegiate sports. The assumption
is that students participating in such activities are covered
by medical insurance and proof of coverage can be
produced upon the University’s request.
In an attempt to offer students an affordable health
insurance option, Clarion University has collaborated
with 12 other universities in the Pennsylvania State
System of Higher Education to offer an economical and
comprehensive insurance policy to students not covered
by their parents’ policy. Students interested in obtaining
this insurance from Consolidated Health Plans should go
to www.chpstudent.com.
Parents who plan to keep their son or daughter on
family insurance plans should contact their insurance
provider to determine the effects of university entrance
on dependent coverage, particularly under managed care
plans.
International Students–Medical Insurance
Coverage
Medical insurance is required of all international
students enrolled at Clarion University. Students who do
not show proof of health insurance coverage comparable
to Clarion University’s group plan will be required to
enroll in the university’s plan and be responsible for
payment. Students will not be allowed to complete course
registration until all medical insurance requirements are
met. Group insurance plan is approximately $1,900 per
year payable in full or on a semester basis at the beginning
of each semester. Please understand that the medical
insurance premium is not included in the statement of
account issued by the university for tuition, fees, and room
and board. A separate payment of cash or money order is
required. Details of payment will be explained at the time
of application for insurance.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

20

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

If an international student has coverage through his or
her sponsor or through another agency in his or her home
country that provides adequate coverage during the student’s
stay in the United States as a student, the international
student may request to be exempt from subscribing to the
group plan offered through Clarion University. Coverage
must include:
*minimum medical expense benefit of $500,000
*minimum repatriation expense benefit of $7,500
*minimum medical evacuation benefit of $10,000
*Coverage of treatment for preexisting medical
conditions
Students requesting exemption from the group plan
are required to submit details of insurance coverage to the
Office of International Programs upon arrival at Clarion
University. Details must be written in English and include
the following information: company name and address,
phone and fax numbers; complete name of policy holder
and identification number, if assigned; effective date of
coverage and expiration date of coverage; and policy
benefits (as described above).
Housing
Limited housing for graduate students may be available
in any of our University Housing, which includes two types
of Residence Life Suites or Reinhard Villages apartments.
For information, interested students should contact the
Office of Residence Life Services, 218 Becht Hall, by
telephone 814-393-2352, or Email reslife@clarion.edu.
Any arrangement for housing in the community
is a business relationship between a student and the
householder. The Office of Residence Life maintains a
limited listing of available housing in the community, but
the university does not approve or make recommendations
related to private off-campus housing accommodations.
Off-campus housing list can be found at www.clarion.
edu/placestolive
Parking and Automobile Regulations
All provisions of the Vehicle Code of the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania as supplemented by parking regulations
issued by the chancellor, State System of Higher
Education, and Clarion University, will be strictly enforced
on the Clarion University Campus. Authority for such
enforcement rests with the director of public safety.
Vehicles may be immobilized for unpaid tickets.
Students who park a vehicle on university property in
an area requiring a permit must register with the Department
of Public Safety. A valid university parking permit must
be hung down from the inside rear-view mirror and
clearly be visible from the front and rear of the vehicle
when the vehicle is parked in a lot requiring a permit.
The enforcement of parking permit regulations for
employee lots, commuter lots, and metered parking shall

Clarion University

be from 8 a.m. until 4:30 p.m., prevailing time, Monday
through Friday, unless otherwise designated. For more
information on parking, visit the parking Website at www.
clarion.edu/parking.
Center for Career and Professional
Development
Students are invited to visit the Center for Career and
Professional Development in person or virtually to access
resources for:
•
•
•
•
•

Career exploration and planning
Getting experience
Job search preparation
Live and virtual career fairs
Campus, part-time, seasonal and full-time
employment
• Transition from student to professional
• Graduate and pre-professional application
information
We use an online career management system to help
you manage your career action plan and we offer assistance
to Clarion alumni. Connect with us in person or through
email, SKYPE, Twitter or Facebook, or another social
media.
The center serves all Clarion University students
and alumni. Our approach is to inform and empower;
linking you with resources and opportunities, so you can
develop and achieve your career goals. We collaborate
with academic departments, student organizations,
university offices, alumni and employers to provide an
environment where you can acquire the knowledge, skills,
and experiences required to successfully transition to
employment or further education.
Judicial and Mediation Services
The Office of Judicial and Mediation Services promotes
responsible citizenship by protecting student rights and
maintaining the principles outlined in the Student Rights,
Regulations, and Procedures Handbook. The office
administers campus disciplinary procedures, seeks to
maintain a positive living and learning environment and
encourages the building of a respectful and inclusive
community.
The office also serves as a resource to the university
community regarding conflict management and resolution
by providing services that promote the development of
critical life skills. A mediation service is available to assist
students in resolving interpersonal conflict.
Effective July 1, 2012, Clarion University applies
a notification of student disciplinary expulsions and
suspensions on Academic Transcripts. This notification
will be viewed on official, unofficial, and electronic
transcripts.

21

Accounting

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Master of Science Degree

Accounting (MAcc)
College of Business
Administration and
Information Sciences
Department of Business
Administration
302 Still Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2605
Email – macc@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/actg
Graduate Faculty: A. Grenci, K. Danvers, J. Hasselback,
T. Johns, F. Shepard

COBAIS Mission
The College of Business Administration and
INformation Sciences at Clarion University of
Pennsylvania is committed to preparing its students for
success as ethical business leaders and professionals in
a dynamic, complex global environment through high
quality, challenging academic and related programs,
while serving the academic and business communities
through effective teaching, scholarly contributions, and
appropriate service to the university and the region.
(Revised April 27, 2010)

22

Program Objectives
Clarion University’s M.S. in Accounting (MAcc)
degree prepares students for careers in corporate and
public accounting as well as satisfying the education
requirements to sit for the CPA exam in almost any state.
The program provides students with essential
accounting and financial analysis skills. Graduates
are well-versed in major aspects of public accounting,
concentrating on taxation and auditing.
Employment opportunities include the “big four” and
other CPA firms as well as industry, government, and notfor-profit organizations.
The program is offered completely online and can be
completed in as little as one year (full-time) or up to six
years. It is designed for candidates with undergraduate
degrees not only in business administration but also in
other disciplines.

Accounting

Admission Requirements
Graduate admission requirements apply with the
following additions:
• Applicants for full admission must have earned
an overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of
at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• Resume
Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete 30 graduate credits of required
coursework, with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale.
Passing grade is “C” or above. A maximum of nine
graduate credit hours toward the 30 required credits may
be transferred from accredited graduate programs with
the pre-approval of the program coordinator and the
department chairperson of the course from which transfer
credit is sought.

Clarion University

Course Requirements
A. Pre-Requisite Courses
Pre-requisite coursework may be completed at
Clarion University or other approved institutions
at either the undergraduate or graduate level and
is not subject to the nine-credit transfer limit, but
required pre-approval. Following are the Clarion
University courses that meet the pre-requisite
requirement:
ACTG 251:
ACTG 252:
ACTG 350:
ACTG 353:
ACTG 354:

Financial Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Intermediate Accounting
Federal Taxation
Auditing

B. Core Courses
The M.S. in Accounting Core courses are:

LEGL 540: Legal Environment & Ethical

Conduct in Business
ACTG 552: Management Accounting
ACTG 553: Personal Taxation
ACTG 554: Advanced Auditing
ACTG 555: Internal Control
MGMT 626: Operations Management &

Information Systems
ACTG 650 Theory of Accounts
ACTG 654: Advanced Forensic Accounting
ACTG 663: Business Taxation
ACTG 690: Public Accounting

Performance Requirements
Students who earn more than six hours of graduate
credit at Clarion University with a grade of “C” or earn
any credits with grades below “C” and/or fall below
a 3.00/4.00 graduate overall grade-point average are
automatically placed on probation. Any credits earned
with grades below “C” cannot be used to meet degree
or pre-requisite requirements. ACTG 690 must be taken
during the last semester of graduate coursework.
Advisement
All graduate students are assigned an advisor upon
admission. Before registering for classes, students should
contact their advisor. Students must obtain the signature
of their advisor on any special requests.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

23

Applied Data Analytics
College of Business
Administration and
Information Sciences
Department of Computer
Information Science
Dr. Jon O’Donnell, Chair
130 Becker Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2442
Email:jodonnell@clarion.edu or bigdata@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/cis
Graduate Faculty: S. Agyei-Mensah, J. Childs, S. Kim,
J. ODonnell, J. Strausser, J. Wyatt

Program Objectives
It is no secret that the amount of data in our world has
been exploding. Companies are producing transactional
data; consumers are generating shopping data; social
media sites are generating sentiment data; cell phones are
generating location data; and devices such as automobiles
are generating sensory and operating data. Big data
is expected to rapidly become a key determinant of
competition across all sectors of the economy and there
will be a continuing severe shortage of analytics talent.
This program is geared towards working professionals
or busy adults with domain knowledge in any undergraduate
field. Students will take one on-line course at a time in a
fairly rigid prerequisite structure to accumulate and apply

Applied Data Analytice

Online Master of Science Degree

24

the necessary skills. Course lengths will vary from three to
fifteen weeks and will be sequenced to allow the program
to be completed in less than two years.
The program integrates computer and information
science, statistics, and data-based business management
principles to inform data driven decision making. It is an
applied, technology intensive program focused on handson learning of the tools and techniques of data analytics.
The curriculum emphasizes technical proficiency and
applied practical experience and provides students with
skills in database processing, data warehousing, data
mining, and data visualization to solve Big Data problems.

Applied Data Analytice

Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• Applicants for full admission must have earned
an overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of
at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• All applicants must have full administrator
access to a computer with reliable Internet
capability.
• All applicants should have sufficient end-user
computer skills for installing software, finding
files, and using office productivity software
including word processing and spreadsheet
software. If not, a course such as CIS 217 should
be completed before taking the core courses in
the program.
• All applicants should have completed an
undergraduate statistics course. If not, a course
such as ECON 221 should be completed before
taking any of the Data Analytics (DA) courses
in the program.
• All applicants should have completed an
undergraduate computer programming course.
If not, a course such as CIS 202 should be
completed before taking any of the core courses
in the program.
Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete 30 semester hours, including
required courses, with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0
scale. Passing grade is “C” or above.
Transfer Credits
A maximum of nine semester hours of graduate course
work may be transferred toward the degree. These hours
must come from an accredited institution and be at the
graduate level and must have a grade of “B” or better.
All transfer courses must be preapproved by the program
coordinator and the CIS Department chair. With only three
elective credits in this program, it is unusual to transfer in
more than three credits.

Clarion University

Requirements for Graduation
Course requirements for the MS in Applied Data
Analytics degree are composed of foundation courses,
core courses, and an elective course. A total of 30 graduate
credits are required for the completion of the degree:
• nine 3-credit core courses (excluding foundation
courses) and
• one 3-credit elective course.
The following courses are required of all students
graduating with a Master of Science in Applied Data
Analytics degree.
CIS 402G: Database Management Systems.................3 s.h.
CIS 520: Introduction to Data Warehousing.............3 s.h.
CIS 570: Project Management..................................... 3 s.h.
DA 530: Analytical Methods and Optimization.........3 s.h.
DA 540: Applied Data Mining........................................3 s.h.
DA 550: Predictive Analytics.......................................3 s.h.
DA 560: Data Visualization. ........................................ 3 s.h.
DA 570: Big Data Analytics......................................... 3 s.h.
DA 580: Analytics Capstone........................................ 3 s.h.
Electives. ....................................................................... 3 s.h.
Total..............................................................................30 s.h.

In addition to the core courses, all students will
complete the balance of 30 credits of graduate course work
from the following courses, subject to the offering of those
courses. Graduate-level courses, other than those listed,
may be used as elective credit toward the degree only with
prior approval of the data analytics program coordinator,
the CIS Department chair, and the dean of the college.
• ACTG 451, 452, 453, 454, 455, 461, 463, 490,
499, 554, 650, 652, 653
• CIS 403, 462
• BSAD 637, 699
• ECON 461, 470, 490, 570, 600, 611, 612, 699
• FIN 463, 471, 476, 480, 671, 676
• MGMT 420, 423, 427, 428, 483, 485, 486, 621,
622, 625, 650
• MKTG 461, 462, 465, 468, 469, 491, 562, 604,
661
A maximum of three hours of approved 400-level
coursework, taken for graduate credit, may be used
as elective credits. Please note that a 400-level course
previously taken for undergraduate credit may not be
repeated for graduate credit. Additional elective courses
will be substituted in the case when a core course, such
as CIS 402, has been previously taken for undergraduate
credit.
Advisement
Students are assigned an advisor upon entering the
program and may change advisors as they develop
their area of interest if so inclined. It is the student’s
responsibility to make arrangements to meet with their
advisor.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

25

Master of Business Administration
Degree

Graduate Faculty: R. Balough, G. Barboza, J. Belloit,
M. Brigida, J. Eicher, A. Grenci, T. Johns, C. Nakhata,
M. Olivas-Luján, W. Pratt, R. Raehsler, K. Roth, F. Shepard,
S. Trejos, P. Woodburne

Master of Business Administration

COBAIS Mission
The College of Business Administration and
Information Sciences at Clarion University of Pennsylvania
is committed to preparing its students for success as ethical
business leaders and professionals in a dynamic, complex
global environment through high quality, challenging
academic and related programs, while serving the
academic and business communities through effective
teaching, scholarly contributions, and appropriate service
to the university and the region. (Revised April 27, 2010)

Program Objectives
The major objective is to provide a basic core of
knowledge about various theories, techniques, and
practices relating to business administration and problem
solving. Specific objectives are to prepare candidates for:
• positions in middle management with private and
public organizations;
• teaching positions in community colleges;
• enrollment in doctoral programs in business
administration.

302 Still Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2605
Email: mba@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/mba

Business Administration

College of Business
Administration and
Information Sciences

26

Clarion University

The program is designed for candidates with
undergraduate degrees not only in business administration
but also in other disciplines. Graduate courses are offered
in a variety of formats including online, on campus, day
and evenings. Our 100 percent online option is ideal for
employed or part-time students.
The College of Business Administration at Clarion
University is accredited by AACSB International—The
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business.
Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• Students must submit official scores on the
Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT)
or GRE or qualify for the waiver.
• Resume
In general, admissions are on a “rolling” basis.
Program Options
The College of Business Administration offers a fulltime traditional M.B.A. and a part-time online M.B.A.
program option. Please visit www.clarion.edu/mba for
more information regarding any of these program options,
including admissions criteria and program features.
Degree Requirements
Course requirements for the M.B.A. degree are
composed of foundation courses, M.B.A. core courses, and
elective courses. A total of 33 graduate credits is required
for the completion of the degree.
A maximum of nine graduate credit hours toward the 33
credits required for the M.B.A. degree may be transferred
from accredited graduate programs with the pre-approval
of the M.B.A. program coordinator and the department
chairperson of the course from which transfer credit is
sought.

Business Administration

Course Requirements for the M.B.A. Degree
A. Foundation Courses
.M.B.A. Foundation course requirements are designed
to meet all of the “Undergraduate Knowledge and
Skill Areas” required for the degree and a portion of
the “Undergraduate and Master’s Level Knowledge
and Skill Areas” requirements. M.B.A. Foundation
courses are not subject to residency requirements and
are considered to be prerequisite or corequisite to the
M.B.A. Core. M.B.A. Foundation coursework may be
completed at Clarion or other approved institutions at
either the undergraduate or the graduate level and is
not subject to the nine-credit transfer limit for the core/
elective courses but requires pre-approval. At Clarion,
courses that meet the foundation requirements are
offered at the undergraduate and graduate level. Some
of these foundation courses may have prerequisite

courses. The following are the foundation areas
and courses at Clarion (with the graduate course
equivalents) that meet foundation requirements for
the M.B.A. degree:
Knowledge and Skill Area
Micro/Macro Economics
Financial Accounting
Economic Business Statistics I & II
Management Theory
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management

Clarion Course
(or equivalent)
ECON 211 & 212
(501 and 502)
or 215 (ECON 500)
ACTG 251
(ACTG 500)
ECON 221 & 222
(504 and 505)
or 230
MGMT 320
(MGMT 500)
MKTG 360
(MKTG 500)
FIN 370 (FIN 500)

B. M.B.A. Core Courses
.M.B.A. Core Courses are designed to complete the
“Undergraduate and Master’s Level Knowledge
and Skill Areas” requirements for each student. The
M.B.A. Core courses are:
Knowledge and Skill Area
1. Leadership and Organization
2. Quantitative Analysis for
Business
3. Managerial Accounting
4. Legal / Ethical Environment
of Business
5. Advanced Managerial Economics
6. Managerial Finance
7. Marketing Decision Making
8. Operations Management and
Information Systems
9. Global Environment of Business
10. Strategic Management/
Business Policy1

1

Course ID SCH
MGMT 521 3.0
BSAD 503
ACTG 552

3.0
3.0

LEGL 540
ECON 510
FIN 570
MKTG 560

3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0

MGMT 626 3.0
BSAD 661 1.5
BSAD 690

To be taken during the final semester of study.

3.0

C. M.B.A. Elective Courses
.In addition to the core courses, all students will
complete the balance of 33 credits of graduate
course work from the following courses, subject to
the offering of those courses. Graduate-level courses,
other than those listed, may be used as elective credit
toward the M.B.A. degree only with prior approval of
the M.B.A. program coordinator and the dean of the
college.
ACTG 451, 452, 453, 454, 455, 461, 463, 490,
499, 554, 650, 652, 653
CIS 402, 403, 462
BSAD 637, 699
ECON 461, 470, 490, 570, 600, 611, 612, 699
FIN 463, 471, 476, 480, 671, 676
MGMT 420, 423, 427, 428, 483, 485, 486, 621,
622, 625, 650
MKTG 461, 462, 465, 468, 469, 491, 562, 604, 661

A maximum of three hours of approved 400‑level
courses, taken for graduate credit, may be used as
elective credits. Please note that a 400-level course
previously taken for undergraduate credit may not be
repeated for graduate credit.
Additional Requirements
for the M.B.A. Degree
Performance Requirements
Students who earn more than six hours of graduate
credit at Clarion with a grade of “C” or earn any
credits with grades below “C” and/or fall below a
3.00/4.00 graduate overall grade‑point average (GPA)
are automatically placed on probation. Students placed
on probation must achieve satisfactory academic standing
within one semester of registration or be removed from
the program. Any credits earned with grades below “C”
cannot be used to meet M.B.A. degree or foundation
requirements. Foundation courses taken at the graduate
level are included in an overall GPA, but are not included
in the calculation of the GPA for the MBA degree. All
prerequisite courses for a given course must be met before
taking that course. BSAD 690 must be taken during the
last semester of graduate course work. The maximum time
for completion of the degree program is six calendar years
from the date of the first graduate enrollment.
Professional Accountancy Preparation
Students who desire to become Certified Public
Accountants (CPAs), may fulfill Pennsylvania’s 150-credit
-hour requirement for CPA licensure through an
undergraduate degree in accounting (120 credits), along
with the Clarion M.B.A. degree (33 credits). An integrated
BS-Accounting/MBA program of study can be completed
in five years and provides a total of 153 semester hours of
coursework. Along with 36 hours in accounting subjects
(i.e., accounting, auditing, business law, finance, and tax),
the student may fulfill the educational requirement for
CPA licensure under the Pennsylvania CPA law.

27

Bachelor’s to M.B.A. Option
The College of Business Administration offers a
Bachelor’s to M.B.A. Option. Undergraduate foundation
course requirements in business administration may be
taken concurrently with any major, giving students many
of the courses prerequisite to the M.B.A. Program before
graduation. Undergraduates interested in this program
should contact their liberal arts advisor for details and
requirements.
Students wishing to pursue the Professional
Accountancy or the Bachelor’s to M.B.A. options
must follow the normal M.B.A. admission procedures.
Admission to one of these options does not guarantee
admission to, or completion of, the M.B.A. degree.
Placement
Graduate students are encouraged to use the services
of the University Career Services Center. Graduates
often obtain positions with banks, manufacturing
concerns, accounting firms, other business and industrial
organizations, hospitals, and government agencies.
Advisement
All graduate students are assigned an advisor upon
admission. Before registering for classes, students
should meet with their advisor. Students must obtain
the signature of their advisor on any special requests for
course substitution, individualized instruction, internship,
or special problems courses.
Facilities
The College of Business Administration is located
in Still Hall, the newest classroom building on campus.
In addition to classrooms and a 225-seat auditorium, the
facility includes an up-to-date microcomputer lab and
trading room.

Business Administration

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

28

Clarion University

Clinical Mental Health
Counseling

Online Master of Science Degree

Clinical Mental Health Counseling
Venango College School
of Health Sciences
Department of Human Services,
Rehabilitation, Health and Sport
Sciences
Mark Kilwein, Ph.D., Coordinator
110A Special Education Center
Telephone: 814-393-2486
Email: mkilwein@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/academics/colleges-and-schools/venangocollege/school-of-health
Graduate Faculty: G. Clary, R. Feroz, M. Kilwein,
M. Lepore, J. May

Program Objectives
The Master of Science in Clinical Mental Health
Counseling (CMHC), within the Human Services,
Rehabilitation, Health and Sport Sciences department is
to provide opportunities that:
• reflect current knowledge and projected needs
concerning counseling practice in a multicultural
and pluralistic society;
• create competence in diagnosis, treatment, referral
and prevention;
• sharpen teamwork skills and value contributions of
colleagues on interdisciplinary teams;
• extend knowledge and skills in research, practice,
administration, leadership, and the organization of
service delivery;

• analyze technically complex and current issues within
the field; and
• instill values of the need for career-long learning,
service and commitment to the highest ethical
standards.
The department intends to seek accreditation from the
Council on the Accreditation of Counseling and Related
Education Programs (CACREP) for this new clinical mental
health counseling degree.
Master of Science in
Clinical Mental Health Counseling
The MS program is a 60-credit hour clinical mental
health counseling program that is designed to meet the
academic requirements established by the Pennsylvania
State Board of Social Workers, Marriage and Family
Therapists and Professional Counselors leading to the
Licensed Professional Counselor (LPC) credential in
Pennsylvania. This program is aimed at graduate students
who are looking to enhance their career options by taking
courses that can lead to eligibility for counseling licensure.
Graduates work in a variety of human services areas
including direct service or supervisory roles in private
and public agencies. These settings include, but are not
limited to, children and youth, delinquency and criminal
justice, intellectual, physical and psychosocial disabilities,
addictions, mental health, and psychiatric rehabilitation.
While this degree is technically a hybrid of online and
face to face instruction, the overwhelming majority of
coursework is delivered online. Several clinical courses
will require a face to face component, which will be
accomplished during one-week on-campus during the
summers to accommodate working students and those
who do not live within an easy commuting distance of
the Clarion campus. During this week on campus, all face
to face requirements will be accomplished for the year.
On-campus housing will be made available to graduate
students for the week.
Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements
apply, with the following additions:
• A baccalaureate degree from an acceptably
accredited college or university
• Undergraduate minimum GPA is 3.0 or above
(on a 4.0 scale) for full admission
• Scores for the Graduate Record Exam General
Test or the Miller Analogies Test for students
with GPAs below 3.0
• Three faculty and/or professional recommendations; recommendation forms should
document applicant’s potential and/or
effectiveness in the areas of academic ability
and/or professional performance.

29

Student Learning Outcomes
1. Students will select, administer and interpret mental
health assessment tools.
2. Students will select, administer and evaluate
intervention techniques and strategies, including
mental health counseling.
3. Students will understand ethical and legal
requirements, and perform work in an ethical
manner and in accordance with pertinent law.
4. Students will be able to develop a good working
relationship with clients, colleagues, and supervisors.
5. Students will be able to communicate findings and
recommendations in a professional manner.
Degree Requirements
Tentative Course Sequence:
60 Credit Masters in Clinical Mental Health
Counseling – 3 Year Sequence
Year 1
Fall COUN 552: Identity and Culture
COUN 530: Human Growth Across the
Lifespan
Winter Electives
Spring COUN 586: Addiction and Dual Diagnosis
COUN 592: Family Systems
Summer COUN 510: Group Counseling
COUN 538: Crisis Intervention in Counseling
Electives
Year 2
Fall
COUN 532: Professional Orientation
and Ethical Practice in Counseling and
Rehabilitation
COUN 542: Theories in Helping Relationships
Winter Electives
Spring
COUN 537: Lifestyle and Career Development
COUN 519: Statistical Applications &
Research for the Behavioral Sciences
Summer COUN 591: Diagnosis and Treatment
COUN 580: Intervention Strategies:
Counseling Skills and Techniques
Electives
Year 3
Fall
COUN 525: Clinical Tests and Measures
COUN 594: Clinical Field Education:
Practicum
Winter Electives
Spring
COUN 593: Integration, Consultation &
Collaboration
Electives
COUN 595: Clinical Field Education &
Supervised Internship Experience
Summer COUN 595: Clinical Field Education &
Supervised Internship Experience

* Students contemplating doctoral level studies after
completing the master’s degree or contemplating
careers that involve research may elect, with the
approval of their advisor, a thesis project (REHB 600)
in lieu of the two available elective courses.

Clinical Mental Health
Counseling

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

30

Clarion University

Education

Master of Education Degrees
College of Arts,
Education and Sciences
School of Education


M.Ed. in Education

John McCullough, Ph.D., Graduate Program
Coordinator
123 Stevens Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2404
Email: jmccullough@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/education
Graduate Faculty: P. Apple, L. Bonnett, J. Brown,
D. Ellermeyer, J. Haight, M. Howe, J. McCullough,
K. Murphy, A. Shannonhouse, B. Smith, J. Smrekar,
K. Sprenger

Program Objectives
The master’s degree program in education is accredited
by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator
Preparation (CAEP). This program encourages students
to view themselves as researchers of teaching and learning
and as professionals whose continued growth can best be

met through inquiry, reflection, and sustained dialogues
with peers. It affords practitioners the opportunity to share
effective classroom practices while reading, interpreting,
and analyzing current research and professional literature.
Students must choose and complete course requirements
within a specified concentration area.
Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements
apply, with the following additions:
• A baccalaureate degree from an acceptably
accredited college or university.
• Undergraduate minimum GPA is 3.0 or above
(on a 4.0 scale).
• Three faculty/professional recommendations;
recommendation forms should document
applicant’s potential and/or effectiveness in the
areas of teaching ability and/or professional
performance.
• Teacher certification. Submit two copies of
evidence of certification. If the applicant does not
meet this requirement, the graduate faculty of the
department shall determine existing deficiencies
and how they may be met.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Early Childhood Education (M.Ed.),
Education Technology (M.Ed.), Reading
(M.Ed.) and Science Education (M.Ed.)
outcomes
1. Demonstrate discipline specific content, child
development, and pedagogical content knowledge.
2. Demonstrate professional responsibility and ethical
conduct while exhibiting respect for the cultural
diversity of learners, families, colleagues, and
communities.
3. Develop standards aligned goals, objectives, and
learning experience plans.
4. Differentiate instruction by implementing
instructional strategies informed by assessment data.
5. Design appropriate assessments to measure learner
knowledge, skills and dispositions.
6. Communicate professionally and engage learners,
families, and community members.
7. Analyze and reflect on instructional strategies,
behavioral strategies, and learner progress.
Degree Requirements

Total 30-33 s.h.
Core Competencies....................................................... 12 s.h.
Research—ED 520: Introduction to Research.............3 s.h.
Pedagogy—ED 522: Analysis of Teaching
or ED 563: Reading Pedagogy or ECH 501..............3 s.h.
Curriculum—ED 523: Curriculum Development
and Evaluation or ECH 502.......................................3 s.h.
Professional Seminar—ED 578: Professional
Seminar.........................................................................3 s.h.

Electives...........................................................................6 s.h.
Electives can be from any of the concentration areas. To be
selected from appropriate 400- or 500-level courses as approved
by the advisor. A maximum of three credits of 400-level courses
approved for graduate credit may be counted toward the degree.
Please note that 400-level courses taken for undergraduate credit
cannot be repeated for graduate credit. A maximum of 3–6 thesis
credits may be substituted as electives.
Concentration Areas
Course selection is to be made from the following:

Curriculum and Instruction Concentration........ 12 s.h.
ED 403:
Field Experience and Methods in
Environmental Education .....................3 s.h.
ED 501: Seminar in Critical Educational
Issues.........................................................3 s.h.
ED 502:
Creative Response to Conflict..............3 s.h.
ED 506:
Gender Issues in Education....................3 s.h.
ED 509: Observations and Analysis of the
Urban Classroom....................................3 s.h.
ED 517: Educational Computer Applications ....3 s.h.

ED 521: Instructional Leadership Skills...........3 s.h.
ED 526: Sociology of Education. ........................3 s.h.
ED 533: Recent Developments in Elementary
Social Studies..........................................3 s.h.
ED 534:
Workshop in Education—with
permission of academic advisor.............3 s.h.
ED 537: Strategies and Problems of Teaching
Elementary School Mathematics..........3 s.h.
ED 544:
Classroom Assessment for Learning....3 s.h.
ED 568: Language and Literacy..........................3 s.h.
ED 599: Special Topics in Education—with
permission of academic advisor

ECH 501: Early Childhood Curriculum
and Instruction.......................................3 s.h.
ECH 502: Early Childhood Curriculum
and Assessment........................................3 s.h.
ECH 510: Leadership in Early Childhood
Education and Care................................3 s.h.
SCED 502: Investigative Techniques and
Process Approach to Modern
Science Curricula...................................3 s.h.
SPED 500: Contemporary Issues in
Special Education. ..................................3 s.h.
SPED 536: Advanced Methods for Individuals
with Mild/Moderate Handicaps. ...........3 s.h.
SPED 596: Contemporary Education Practices
and Directions.........................................3 s.h.
SPED 597: Collaboration and Cooperation:
Improved Teaching and Learning
Outcomes .................................................3 s.h.
Additional courses as approved by advisor
Early Childhood Concentration........................... 12 s.h.
ECH 501: Early Childhood Curriculum
and Instruction...................................... 3 s.h.
ECH 502: Early Childhood Curriculum
and Assessment....................................... 3 s.h.
ECH 505: The Healthy Infant, Toddler,
and Young Child. ................................... 3 s.h.
ECH 510: Leadership in Early Childhood
Education and Care............................... 3 s.h.
ECH 512: Leadership in Early Childhood
Education and Care................................3 s.h.
ED 534:
Workshop in Education—with
permission of academic advisor.............3 s.h.
ED 565: Reading and Language Arts in Early
Childhood. ...............................................3 s.h.
ED 599: Special Topics in Education—with
permission of academic advisor

Additional courses as approved by advisor
Mathematics Education Concentration.............. 18 s.h.
Choose six of these.
MAED 501: Teaching Secondary Mathematics......3 s.h.
MAED 511: Technology for Teaching
Secondary Mathematics....................3 s.h.
MAED 532: Teaching Statistical Reasoning..........3 s.h.
MAED 537: Geometry/Trigonometry for
Secondary Teachers..........................3 s.h.
MAED 540: Discrete Mathematics for

Grades 7-12.........................................3 s.h.
MAED 550: Pre-Algebra for Teachers...................3 s.h.
MAED 551: Algebra/Number Theory for

Teachers..............................................3 s.h.
MAED 556: Research in Mathematics

Teaching & Learning.........................3 s.h.

Education

• Admission to provisional status may be granted
at the discretion of the graduate faculty if the
applicant’s GPA is less than 3.0/4.0 scale.
Regular status may be granted upon completion
of six semester hours of graduate study with a
minimum of 3.0/4.0 average.

31

32

Clarion University

Education
MAED 571: Analysis for Teachers..........................3 s.h.
*Required math core
MAED 581: Problem Solving....................................3 s.h.
MAED 585: Applications and Mathematical

Modeling for Teachers.....................3 s.h.
MAED 590: Historical Development of

Mathematics....................................... 3 s.h.

Reading Concentration............................................. 18 s.h.
With or without Reading Specialist Certification.
See CLPS doc for description and list of courses.
ED 564: Evidence-based Literacy
Instruction ..............................................3 s.h.
ED 567: Secondary, College, and Content
Area Reading Instruction......................3 s.h.
ED 569:
Assessment of Literacy..........................3 s.h.
ED 570:
Practicum I: Analysis. ............................3 s.h.
ED 571:
Practicum II: Instruction.......................3 s.h.
ED 574: Reading Program Organization,
Administration, and Supervision . .........3 s.h.

Reading Specialist Certification............................ 27 s.h.
Satisfactory completion of the M.Ed. with reading
concentration meets the requirements for reading
specialist certification. Students desiring reading
specialist certification without the degree must
complete the following sequence of courses:
ED 520: Introduction to Research. .................... 3 s.h.
ED 563: Reading Pedagogy. ................................. 3 s.h.
ED 564: Evidence-based Literacy Instruction.. 3 s.h.

ED 567: Secondary, College, and

Content Area Reading Instruction...... 3 s.h.
ED 569: Assessment of Literacy. ........................ 3 s.h.
ED 570: Practicum I: Analysis............................. 3 s.h.
ED 571: Practicum II: Instruction. ..................... 3 s.h.
ED 574: Reading Program Organization,

Administration, and Supervision........... 3 s.h.
ED 578: Professional Seminar............................. 3 s.h.
Successful completion of Reading Specialist Exam
required for certification.

Science Education Concentration.......................... 18 s.h.
Core Competencies.................................................. 12 s.h.
Research–SCED 538 or ED 520.............................3 s.h.
Pedagogy–SCED 502...............................................3 s.h.
Curriculum–SCED 538 or ED 523.........................3 s.h.
Professional Seminar–SCED 541 or ED 578........3 s.h.
Science Education concentration area................... 12 s.h.
SCED 501: Seminar in Science Misconceptions..3 s.h.
SCED 505: Investigation in the Sciences............3 s.h.
SCED 555: History of Science. ............................3 s.h.
SCED 5XX: Science Education Elective..............3 s.h.
Electives: A total of six credits from education, science
education, special education, science, mathematics,
or other graduate areas with approval of advisor. A
minimum of 18 science education credits are required for
the degree. A maximum of 3-6 thesis credits (ED 701)
may be substituted for electives.

Technology Concentration..................................... 12 s.h.
ED 517: Educational Computer Applications.....3 s.h.
ED 534:
Workshop in Education—with
permission of academic advisor.............3 s.h.
ED 599: Special Topics in Education—with
permission of academic advisor

ED 617:
Advanced Educational Technology.....3 s.h.
ED 620: Internet Applications for K–12
Educators ................................................3 s.h.
COM 558: Society, Law, and Media
Technology..............................................3 s.h.
ED/CIS 649: Educational Technology
Leadership................................................3 s.h.
COM 650: Advanced Technology
Applications. ............................................3 s.h.
COM 651: Developing IT Infrastructure................3 s.h.
LS 540:
Multicultural Sources and Services
for Educators and Librarians...............3 s.h.
Additional courses as approved by advisor

Graduation Requirements
Students must complete 30 credit hours (33 credits
for mathematics concentration) of required and advisor
approved elective courses with a cumulativegrade-point
average of 3.00/4.00. Additionally, students are required
to complete an online professional portfolio presentation,
a comprehensive exam or thesis defense.
Job Search Assistance
Typically, graduate program candidates are already
involved in professional careers that are being enhanced
by the graduate studies. For students who are seeking
employment, the faculty and the university Career
Services Center provides job search assistance.
Advisement
Upon acceptance into the graduate program, students
will be assigned a department advisor who is qualified to
assist the student in his or her specific career goals. The
responsibility for meeting all stated requirements for the
master’s degree, however, is with the student.
Graduate Early Childhood Certification
Program
Clarion University’s Graduate Childhood Certification
Program offers web-based graduate courses to those who
currently hold Pennsylvania Elementary certification that
will allow them to earn Pennsylvania Early Childhood
Certification. The courses are designed to facilitate
participants’ knowledge, skills and dispositions that will

33

enable them to effectively interact with and guide the
learning of young children and their families and has been
approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
The program currently consists of five online graduate
courses and the Praxis II exam in Early Childhood.
The graduate courses that will make up the Graduate
Early Childhood Certification program are part of the
Master of Education with a concentration in Early
Childhood Education program. The courses are designed
to address the five standards of the National Association
fort the Education of Young Children and the Pennsylvania
Early Learning Standards. Those who complete this
program may choose to continue on for the Master of
Education degree.
Program Requirements
• ECH 501: Early Childhood Curriculum and
Instruction
• ECH 502: Early Childhood Curriculum and
Assessment
• ECH 505: The Healthy Infant, Toddler, and
Young Child
• ED 565: Reading and Language Arts in Early
Childhood
• ECH 510: Leadership in Early Childhood
Education
Admission Requirements and Application
The program will enroll only those who currently
possess Pennsylvania Elementary Certification. These
teachers will have met the Pennsylvania teaching
competencies and will have completed student teaching.
They are not required to student teach again to earn
teaching certification in Early Childhood through this
program. They will be required to pass he Praxis II
exam in Early Childhood before Clarion University will
recommend them to PDE for certification.
To apply, the candidate must apply for admission
online, and provide a copy of their Pennsylvania
Elementary Certificate and bachelor’s degree transcript
with their graduate admission package. Also required is
documentation of current (within one year) Pennsylvania
Act 33 and Act 34 clearances and FBI clearance along with
verification of a valid health examination and negative
Tuberculin test and proof of $1,000,000 liability insurance.
NOTE: Candidates may be subject to program
adjustments to meet any new PDE regulations.

Education

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

34

Clarion University

Library Science

Master of Science Degree

Library Science

School of Information
Sciences
Department of Information and
Library Science
Linda L. Lillard, Ph.D., Chair
209 Carlson Library
Telephone: 866-272-5612
Email: llillard@clarion.edu
www/clarion.edu/libsci
Graduate Faculty: S. Aristeguieta-Trillos, W. Buchanan,
R. Clark, Y. Ha, M. Harhai, J. Krueger, L. Lillard,
J. Maccaferri

Mission
The department’s mission is to prepare each student
to enter, grow within, and contribute to librarianship or
a related field within a global and digital information
environment.
Vision
Information for life.
Goals
To educate students in accessing, evaluating,
managing, communicating, creating and adapting the
information environment for changing user groups.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

M.S.L.S. Admission Requirements

Eligibility

Applicants for admission to the Master of Science
in Library Science degree program must meet Division
of Graduate Programs admission requirements with the
following additions:

M.S.L.S.
1. an overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of
at least 3.00 on a 4.00 scale; or
2. a 3.00 GPA for the last 60 credits of the
baccalaureate degree with an overall qualitypoint average of at least 2.75; or
3. a 2.75 to 2.99 overall GPA for the baccalaureate
degree with a score of at least 412 on the Miller
Analogies Test or a combined score of at least
300 on the quantitative and verbal sections of
the Graduate Record Examination or new test
equivalent; or
4. a graduate degree in another discipline with an
overall GPA of at least 3.00.
International students are required to achieve a
minimum score of 550 on the TOEFL.

Procedure

Students may begin their studies any semester or term.
All students must enroll in LS 504, as close as possible
to the start of their program as the department’s course
schedule permits. For most students this will be in their
first term of study.
Transfer of Credits/Waiver of Courses
A maximum of six graduate semester hours may be
transferred and/or waived in any of the following ways:
• Acceptable graduate credits in library science
completed at Clarion University as a non-degree
student or at another institution with an ALAaccredited program may be transferred and
applied toward the master’s degree. The student
is responsible for filing an official graduate
transcript of any work presented for transfer
credit with the chair of the Department of Library
Science.
• Graduate credit in related disciplines may be
transferred upon prior approval by advisor and
chair.
Degree Requirements
The degree of Master of Science in Library Science is
conferred upon the candidate who has met the following
requirements:
• The completion of 36 hours of approved graduate
study, including four required core courses (LS
500, 504, 505, and 573), one management course
(LS 532 or 534), the capstone course (LS570 or
LS600) and six elective courses or concentration
courses.
• The maintenance of a cumulative average of 3.00
or higher. A student who receives a grade of “C”
or lower in two or more courses is disqualified as
a candidate in the degree program unless special
permission to continue is obtained from the dean
of the College of Business Administration and
Information Sciences and the coordinator of
Graduate Programs.

Library Science

Information and Library Science (MSLS)
Outcomes
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the information
profession by relating foundational principles,
philosophy, and ethics to contemporary issues,
by identifying key, on-going interdisciplinary
developments in the field, and by analyzing current
practices for future implications of the profession.
2. Create, select, acquire, manage, and maintain the
information environment by analyzing how users
seek out information.
3. Demonstrate and be able to explain the principles
of organizing recorded information by exploring
both past and present theories of organizing
and representing recorded information and by
understanding and applying the standards of
organizing recorded information in libraries and
information centers.
4. Identify, explain, use and critically evaluate both
current and emerging information technologies in
libraries and information centers
5. Provide information services to a diverse community
by analyzing, synthesizing, and disseminating
traditional and emerging information resources,
by developing communication and interpersonal
skills for determining the information needs of all
users, by creatively utilizing techniques and tools
to address information needs, and by advocating for
underserved audiences.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of research by
identifying the fundamental characteristics of
quantitative and qualitative research and by
analyzing the value of research literature in the
library and information field.
7. Develop a commitment to continuing education
by participating in local, regional, and national
professional development opportunities.
8. Demonstrate the principles and practices of
administration and management by recognizing
the appropriate methods to continually measure
and ensure the quality and value of personnel,
services, the information environment, and physical
spaces, by developing and evaluating the budget
and additional sources of funding (i.e. grants) in
alignment with short and long range goals and
objectives, and by evaluating the advantages
and disadvantages of establishing networks with
libraries, consortia, community organizations,
government officials, and other professional bodies,
i.e., schools.

35

36

• The completion of all degree requirements within
a six-year period. Course work over six years old
may not be applied toward the degree.
Master of Science in Library Science/
School Library Media
Clarion University’s MSLS in School Library Media
concentration consists of courses that prepare students to
be school librarians but Clarion University does not grant
actual school library media certification. A student wishing
to obtain Pennsylvania Library Science Certification for
K-12 who holds a valid Pennsylvania teaching certificate
can complete the MSLS School Library Media and then
check with the Pennsylvania Department of Education
for additional certification requirements. Students from
other states should check with their state department of
education to determine certification requirements.

Library Science

Master of Science in Library Science/
Management of Information Agencies
Clarion University’s MSLS in Management of
Information Agencies concentration will allow MSLS
students to remain competitive regarding employment
prospects. Many students, though not planning to do so
initially, end up as library directors of small and medium
sized libraries and/or information agencies immediately
after completing the MSLS degree. This concentration
prepares them for the additional duties an administrator
must be able to handle. The overall objective of the
concentration is to provide students with a coherent
program of study in which they can acquire the necessary
skills to be successful as a library or information agency
administrator.
Master of Science in Library Science/
Information Access
Clarion University’s MSLS in Information Access
concentration will allow MSLS students to remain
competitive regarding employment prospects. Since
the library and related professions often move in the
direction of the emerging technology, the concentration
will allow students to develop marketable skills not
only for libraries, but in the overall information market.
With the unfolding of Web 3.0 technologies applicable
to libraries and beyond, the potential for future student
growth and future employment opportunities for Clarion
graduates should exist. The advanced coursework is such
that it will allow students to enhance and build upon
these competencies in a designed direction in order for
the students to acquire skills needed to understand how
existing structures, schemas, and systems can be adapted
to emerging technologies for linked data.
Master of Science in Library Science/
Reference and User Services
Clarion University’s MSLS in Reference and User
Services concentration will allow students to construct a
coherent program of study in the area of reference and user
services. This group of courses will provide students with

Clarion University

a skill set necessary to provide instruction and information
services for patrons in all types of libraries. Students will
master skills in the areas of general reference sources and
services, instructional design and delivery, specialized
sources and services such as business sources, government
information, resources in the humanities, and resources
in the social sciences
Master of Science in Library Science/
Local and Archival Studies
Clarion University’s MSLS in Local and Archival
Studies concentration will allow students to construct a
coherent program of study in the area of local and archival
studies. This group of courses will provide students with a
skill set necessary for work in information environments
dealing with local and archival documents such as
libraries, archives, historical societies, etc. Students will
master skills in the areas of: management of collections,
information technology and digital resources. Students
will be qualified for public library local history/genealogy
positions, academic library reference and archives
positions, and local special collection management
positions in settings outside of libraries.
Master of Science in Library Science/
Juris Doctor Program
The department offers a cooperative M.S.L.S./J.D.
program in cooperation with Widener University School
of Law’s Harrisburg, Pa., campus. Students must be
admitted to both programs separately. Any six credits of
coursework taken as part of a student’s J.D. program may
be applied to that student’s M.S.L.S. program, and vice
versa. These courses will be chosen in consultation with
the student’s faculty advisors.
Master of Science in Library Science/
Master of Arts in Applied History
The department also offers a cooperative MSLS/
MA in Applied History program in cooperation with
Shippensburg University. Students must be accepted by
each instruction through a separate applications process
at each university. Students enrolled in the joint program
will receive a six-hour (two-course) reduction in total
hours required for the two degrees.
Continuing Education
Certificate of Advanced Studies
The Certificate of Advanced Studies program
is designed to provide the post-master’s student an
opportunity to expand and update professional skills and
competencies through a structured pattern of continuing
education. Study may be either full- or part-time. On a
full-time basis, the certificate may be completed in two
semesters. Requirements include a written statement of
personal/professional goals, completion of a program
of 24 graduate credits within a four-year period, and
maintenance of a 3.00 GPA.

Documentation required for admission includes a
goals statement, an official transcript from the school that
granted the ALA-accredited master’s degree in library
science, completed university application for admission
form and recommendation forms, and the application
fee. Further information is available from the Graduate
Programs office.
Non-Degree Status
Individuals not interested in a formal degree or
certificate program may enroll in courses as a nondegree student; however, no more than six credits of
work completed as a non-degree student may later be
transferred to a degree or certificate program. Students
must have a baccalaureate degree from a regionally
accredited institution, submit a completed application
form and official transcripts, and pay the application
fee. Further information is available from the Graduate
Programs office.
Distance Education
As part of its commitment to meeting the needs of
all residents of the commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
the Department of Library Science offers its M.S.L.S.
program fully online utilizing various Web-based delivery
techniques. This department offers a small number
of courses in the seven week format. Students plan a
cohesive course of study with their faculty advisor. See
www.clarion.edu/libsci for current program offerings.
These courses may be taken part of the M.S.L.S., the
Certificate of Advanced Studies program, or individually
for continuing education progress.

37

Scholarships
Graduate students are eligible for the following
department scholarships:
• The Ahmad F. M. Gamaluddin Scholarship in
Library Science
• The Charles R. Flack Scholarship in Library
Science
• The Elizabeth A. Rupert Graduate Scholarship in
Library Science
• The H. W. Wilson Scholarship
• The Helen Ferry Shields Scholarship
Scholarship application deadlines are announced
through the department’s list serv.
Additional information on financial aid may be
obtained from the booklet, Financial Assistance for
Library and Information Studies, published by the
American Library Association Committee on Education.
Advisement
Students are assigned a faculty advisor upon admission
to the program. Students must discuss course scheduling
with their advisor to register for classes each semester. At
any time, a student may ask for a different advisor having
greater expertise and experience in the student’s area of
interest. In addition to assisting students in developing
a program of study, faculty advisors work with students
to develop career objectives, prepare resumes, and plan
a job search.
Capstone
Each student selects one of two options as a capstone
course which is taken in the last semester or term of the
M.S.L.S. program:

Library Science

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

38

LS570: Internship in Librarianship: Provides an advanced
preprofessional experience through work in a cooperating
library or information center. Students are expected to apply
and evaluate the theory and practice learned in the classroom;
prepare an evaluative paper, and be observed and evaluated by
the site supervisor. Accreditation assessments administered.
Prerequisites: successful completion of at least 30 credit hours,
including all other required courses; permission of advisor,
internship coordinator, and the department chair. For students
not seeking initial teacher certification.
LS600: Research in Librarianship: Intended as capstone
experience for students in the Master of Science in Library
Science program. Provides the opportunity to pursue a
research project related to the student’s area of specialization
or interest and which is based on a research strategies
developed in LS 550. Accreditation assessments administered.
Prerequisites: LS 550 and successful completion of at
least 30 credit hours, including all other required courses;
project approval by advisor, instructor, and the department
chair. For students not seeking initial teacher certification.

Library Science

Resources and Facilities
The Department of Library Science is located on the
second floor of Carlson Library. The department offices,
classrooms, and laboratories accommodate a variety of
activities for students and faculty within a compact area.
The library science classroom is a smart classroom with
additional ITV equipment. Students have ready access to a
variety of Web-based resources through the department’s
computer laboratory.
Current Studies in Librarianship
Current Studies in Librarianship is a forum for
research by library science students on subjects of
general interest to librarians. It is published jointly by the
Department of Library Science and the Office of Graduate
Programs under the co-editorship of departmental faculty.
Current Studies in Librarianship is indexed by Library
and Information Science Abstracts (LISA) and Library
Literature and Information Science.
Beta Phi Mu International Library Science
Honor Society
Beta Phi Mu was founded in August 1948 at the
University of Illinois by a group of leading librarians
and library educators. The motto of the society is “Aliis
Inserviendo Consumor,” which reflects the dedication
librarians must possess toward service to others if books
are to become instruments of liberal education.
Beta Phi Mu approved a chapter at Clarion in August
1978. The chapter, Beta Sigma, was installed and the
first members were initiated in Spring 1980. Membership
in this international society is granted to a graduate of
a library school program accredited by the American
Library Association who has earned a 3.75 scholastic
average on a 4.00 scale and has been recommended by
the library school faculty. The faculty recommendation
attests to the candidate’s professional competence and
promise. At present, the local chapter is permitted to

Clarion University

grant membership to only 25 percent of the graduating
class each year.
Opportunities for Service
American Library Association Student Chapter
The American Library Association Student Chapter was
established in 1992 and formally recognized by the Student
Senate in 1993. It provides both undergraduate and graduate
students with opportunities for professional education and
service beyond those provided by course work. Chapter
activities include round table discussions, field trips,
participation in community projects, and sponsorship of
colloquium speakers.
Special Libraries Association Student Chapter
The Special Libraries Association Student Chapter
was established in 1996 and officially recognized by
the association in the same year. Special libraries and
information centers are found in businesses, government
agencies, museums, hospitals, and professional associations.
The student chapter offers students opportunities to learn
more about special librarianship by visiting special libraries,
by sponsoring speakers, and by participating in service
projects in local libraries.
Department Governance
Students are encouraged to participate in developing
and evaluating department policies and procedures through
membership on department and university committees.
Career Outlook
Prospects for the future are extremely positive for
well-prepared new graduates guided by creative faculty
advisors. Employment opportunities vary according to the
type of library, educational qualifications, and the areas
of specialization of the individual preparing to enter the
profession. The librarian who is flexible with respect to
geographic area and willing to meet the challenge of serving
special groups will have especially good opportunities for
employment.
Placement Service
Clarion University of Pennsylvania and the Department
of Library Science assist both students and alumni in
obtaining positions in libraries and related agencies by
acting as a clearinghouse for current job information and
by posting vacancy announcements. The student must
request official academic transcripts from the university
registrar. The Department of Library Science publishes a
comprehensive position listing on the department webpage.
The Office of Career Services provides assistance to all
graduates by maintaining a file of vacancy notices received
from public schools, government agencies, business, and
industry. It also provides assistance in preparing resumes
and in developing interview and communication skills.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

39

Online Master of Science Degree

College of Arts,
Education and Sciences
Department of Communication
Myrna Kuehn, Ph.D., Chair
130 Becker Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2286
Email:kuehn@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu
Graduate Faculty: M. Crespo, L. Fulton, M. Kuehn, S.
Kuehn, A. Lingwall, N. O’Neil, H. J. Yang

Program Objectives
In the 21st century, an advanced degree is a prerequisite
for the best jobs in the communications marketplace.
The Online Master of Science in Mass Media Arts
and Journalism at Clarion University will enhance
your intellectual and practical skills, and boost your
marketability in this fast-growing career field.

Offered through Clarion University’s Online Programs,
this 36-credit program is designed for individuals pursuing
careers in public relations, corporate communication,
media management, journalism, and other mass mediarelated fields. It also provides a solid foundation for
graduates seeking to enter doctoral programs.
Through the Online Master of Science in Mass Media
Arts and Journalism program, you can earn your graduate
degree in two years or less. The program is intended for
busy adults who cannot travel to campus due to distance,
job commitments, or family responsibilities. Classes are
offered in both the traditional 16-week semester schedule as
well as in two 7-week sessions fall and spring.
Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• Applicants for full admission must have earned an
overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of at least
3.0 on a 4.0 scale.

Mass Media Arts
and Journalism

Mass Media Arts and Journalism

40

• Admission on a provisional basis may be granted
if the applicant’s GPA is at least 2.75 on a 4.0 scale
and a scaled score of 400 or above is achieved on the
Miller Analogies Test or a GRE (Graduate Record
Examination) score of 300 on the quantitative and
verbal sections. Degree status may be obtained upon
completion of 12 semester hours with a minimum of
3.0 average.
• All applicants must submit a statement of purpose.
• All applicants must have access to a computer with
reliable Internet capability.
• For non-native applicants: submit TOEFL scores of
600 or above.
• Individuals with disabilities are encouraged to meet
with the department chair before admission to the
program.
Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete 36 semester hours, including
required courses, with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0
scale. Passing grade is “C” or above. There is also a
media writing competency for which COM 140: Writing
for Media may be required if sufficient background is not
obtained through previous course work or experiences as
demonstrated through portfolio or testing. This decision
will be made in consultation with your advisor.
Transfer Credits
A maximum of nine semester hours of graduate course
work may be transferred toward the degree. These hours
must come from an accredited institution and must have
a grade of “B” or better.

Mass Media Arts
and Journalism

Requirements for Graduation
The following courses are required of all students
graduating with a Master of Science in Mass Media Arts
and Journalism degree.

COM 525: Mass Communication Theory. .................3 s.h.
COM 551: Public Relations Foundations.................3 s.h.
COM 552: Journalism Foundation............................2 s.h.
COM 558: Society, Law, and Media Technology....3 s.h.
COM 559: Management of the
Communication Process. ..........................3 s.h.
COM 621: Mass Communication Research. .............3 s.h.
COM 642: Advanced Public Relations Writing......3 s.h.
Choose one:
COM 500/600 Level Course

in focused area of interest. .....................................3 s.h.
COM 700: Graduate Capstone Project
Select thesis, internship, or portfolio...........................6 s.h.
No comprehensive examination required.
Electives. ........................................................................6 s.h.
Total..............................................................................36 s.h.

Clarion University

Students must file for candidacy at the end of their second
semester, specifying a three-member committee and an
elective course schedule. At least two of the three members
of the committee should be faculty from the Department of
Communication. Committee members must have graduate
faculty status.
Electives
Select from among 400/600 level COM graduate courses;
only one 400-level course may be taken. Please note that
400-level courses taken for undergraduate credit cannot
be repeated for graduate credit.
Placement
Placement of past graduates has been excellent
in business, industry, public relations, broadcasting,
corporate communication, education, training and
development, and doctoral and specialist programs.
Advisement
Students are assigned an advisor upon entering the
program and may change advisors as they develop
their area of interest if so inclined. It is the student’s
responsibility to make arrangements to meet with their
advisor. In all cases, the responsibility of meeting the stated

requirements of the master’s degree lies with the student.

Physical Facilities
The Department of Communication is housed in
Marwick-Boyd Fine Arts Building and Becker Hall
and offers outstanding physical facilities. In addition to
modern classrooms, students have access to: digital video
post-production lab, publication design studio, multimedia
studio, music production studio, non-linear video editing
suite, modern television studio, 1000-watt FM radio
broadcasting station and digital audio production suite.
The Online Graduate Certificate
in Public Relations
The graduate certificate in public relations is a
15-credit, online graduate-level program designed
primarily for public relations professionals, business
owners, nonprofit managers, and others who have earned
bachelor’s degrees. It is intended for those who need to
update their skills or gain formal training in this fastgrowing profession. Students who complete this program
will be qualified to work as public relations assistants,
managers, and executives. Coursework covers public
relations theory, media relations, writing, cases and
campaigns, professional ethics and law, leadership, and
related principles of advertising and marketing.

Admission Requirements
Individuals seeking admission to the online certificate
in public relations program must meet Graduate Programs
admission requirements and:
• have earned an overall undergraduate GPA of 3.0 on
a 4.0 scale.
• Admission on a provisional basis may be granted if
the applicant’s GPA is at least 2.75 on a 4.0 scale and a
scaled score of 400 or above is achieved on the Miller
Analogies Test or a combined GRE (Graduate Record
Examination) score of 300 on the quantitative and
verbal sections. Degree status may be obtained upon
completion of 12 semester hours with a minimum of
3.0 average.
• submit a statement of purpose.
• have access to a computer with reliable Internet
capability.
• For non-native applicants: submit TOEFL scores of
600 or above.
• Individuals with disabilities are encouraged to meet
with the department chair before admission to the
program.
Requirements for Graduation
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete the following required courses
with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale. Passing grade
is “C” or above.
COM 551: Public Relations Foundations. . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
COM 573: Public Relations Ethics
and Professional Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
COM 574: Public Relations Cases and Campaigns. . . 3 s.h.
COM 575: Principles of Integrated Communication. . 3 s.h.
COM 642: Advanced Public Relations Writing . . . . . 3 s.h.

Students may apply all 15 certificate credits toward the
Master of Science in Mass Media Arts and Journalism
degree.

41

MMAJ (MS) Outcomes
1 Students will demonstrate oral and nonverbal
communication skills in forms and styles that
are clear, accurate, thorough, cogent, fair and
appropriate for communication professions,
audiences and purposes they serve.
2. Students will demonstrate the ability to write in
forms and styles that are clear, accurate, thorough,
cogent and fair, and appropriate for scholarly
research as well as for communication professions,
audiences and purposes they serve.
3. Students will demonstrate the ability to think
critically, creatively, and independently as they
consider the persuasive nature of communication
and the role of strategic planning for communication
events.
4. Students will demonstrate an awareness and
appreciation of the diversity of groups in a global
society in relationship to communication.
5. Students will demonstrate the ability to gather and
critically evaluate information from diverse and
varied sources.
6. Students will demonstrate an understanding of the
history and development of communication and the
ways in which this history has affected individuals
and society.
7. Students will demonstrate the ability to edit or
produce communication material that is clear,
accurate, thorough, cogent and fair.
8. Students will demonstrate an understanding of
current media technologies and their capabilities,
limitations and implications from multiple
perspectives, including that of producer, artist and
audience.
9. Students will demonstrate appreciation for
the pervasive nature of communication by
acknowledging the interdependence and intertwining
of all disciplines with communication.
10. Students will demonstrate an awareness and
appreciation of the foundations of the First
Amendment and ethical issues in the media in order
to realize their democratic potential, exhibit robust
citizenship, and conduct their endeavors with civility
and integrity.

Mass Media Arts
and Journalism

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

42

Clarion University

Clarion and Edinboro Universities

Master of Science in Nursing
Venango College School
of Nursing
Department of Nursing
Debbie Ciesielka, D.Ed., M.S.N., ANP-BC
M.S.N. Program Coordinator
129 Ralston Hall, Clarion University
Telephone: 814-393-3648
Email: dciesielka@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/dnp

Nursing

Graduate Faculty: C. Barrett, D. Carlson, D. Ciesielka,
D. Falsetti, N. Falvo, D. Kelly, A. McClune, K. Morahan,
L. Morrison, L. Smith, C. Stiller, K. Streiff, M. Terwilliger,
T. White

Program Description
The jointly-sponsored Clarion and Edinboro
Universities Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) program
prepares graduates for entry into practice as family nurse
practitioners. Options include the MSN degree, PostMaster’s Certificate, and Second Master’s degree. The
FNP-MSN degree is 45 semester hours in length and
includes 600 hours of clinical practice. FNP graduates
are prepared to provide primary care in medically underserved areas and are eligible to apply for legal certification
as family nurse practitioners after passing professional
certification exams through either the American Nurses
Credentialing Center (ANCC) or the American Academy
of Nurse Practitioners Certification Program (AANPCP).
Courses are delivered online with the exception of a
limited number of on campus skill labs and workshops.
To facilitate site visits, clinical practica also must be

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Program Objectives
The Master of Science in Nursing program affords
advanced practice nurses the opportunity to develop as
expert clinicians, participate in shaping health policy,
and contribute to research that improves patient care. The
nursing program provides the foundation for a life-long
process of personal and professional growth as well as for
doctoral education. Specifically designed for the working
professional, all didactic courses are taught online. Most
students study on a part-time basis.
Program Outcomes
Graduates are prepared to:
• Synthesize established and evolving knowledge
from nursing, the sciences and humanities into
advanced practice nursing.
• Incorporate professional/legal standards and
moral/ethical values into a culturally sensitive
practice.
• Provide advanced nursing practice that reflects
critical thinking and effective interpersonal and
communication skills.
• Appraise and assimilate theory and scientific
evidence to investigate and evaluate practice
based issues.
• Demonstrate awareness and responsiveness
to systems-based practice through advocacy,
collaboration and effective use of resources.
Admission Requirements
The admission requirements are as follows:
• Payment of the application fee.
• Evidence of an earned baccalaureate degree in
nursing from an accredited program.
• Licensure as a registered nurse in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
• An undergraduate GPA of 2.75 on a 4.0 scale or
a graduate GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (if seeking
second M.S.N. degree)
• One year of recent full-time clinical practice or
two years of part-time clinical practice (2,000
hours)

• Evidence of completion in the past 10 years of
a college-level statistics course with a grade of
“C” or better.
Application Deadlines
To be fully considered for the limited number of seats
in our competitive Nursing program, all materials must be
in our Graduate Office by October 1 prior to the fall start
date for any given year. Clarion University operates on
a rolling admissions basis which means that applications
may be submitted and reviewed any time prior to the
deadline. It is recommended that applications be submitted
far enough in advance of the deadline to insure ‘complete’
status. Applications received after the October 1 deadline
may be considered for an interview for our wait list, or
for acceptance to the following year’s class if qualified.
All students will be notified of their status by March 1.
Applicants are strongly advised to apply early.
For an application and detailed instructions visit: www.
clarion.edu/dnp
Curriculum
Core courses:

* NURS 601: Advanced Concepts in Pathophysiology.3 s.h.
NURS 602: Pharmacologic Applications.................... 3 s.h.
** NURS 605: Evolution of Nursing Theory.................. 3 s.h.
NURS 610: Advanced Concepts in Nursing Research..3 s.h.
NURS 614: Health Promotion: Family and Community

Perspectives............................................. 3 s.h.
NURS 645: Nursing and Public Policy....................... 3 s.h.
NURS 800: Scholarly Project/Thesis......................... .3 s.h.
* NURS 601 is a prerequisite to NURS 602 and is a prerequisite
or co-requisite to NURS 615 and NURS 616.
** NURS 605 is a prerequisite to NURS 610.

Courses with a clinical component:

NURS 615: Advanced Health Assessment.................. 2 s.h.
NURS 616: Advanced Health Assessment Practicum.2 s.h.
NURS 620: Clinical Decision Making I...................... 1 s.h.
NURS 621: Clinical Decision Making I Practicum..... 2 s.h.
NURS 622: Family Nurse Practitioner Role

Development............................................ 1 s.h.
NURS 630: Clinical Decision Making II.................... 3 s.h.
NURS 632: Clinical Decision Making II Practicum... 2 s.h.
NURS 640: Clinical Decision Making III................... 3 s.h.
NURS 642: Clinical Decision Making III Practicum.. 2 s.h.
NURS 750: Family Nurse Practitioner Internship....... 6 s.h.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill degree requirements for graduation, the
student must complete 45 semester hours of required
course work. The student must maintain a GPA of 3.0 or
better on a 4.0 scale. Completion of a scholarly project/
thesis is required before registering for the final internship.
Successful completion of a comprehensive assessment
in the form of a professional portfolio is required for
graduation. All degree requirements must be completed
within six years of the first date of enrollment.

Nursing

completed within a 2 hours’ drive of faculty located in
Pittsburgh, Clarion, Oil City, or the Edinboro/Erie area.
Graduates of the program receive a joint degree granted
by both universities. Students are assigned one university
site for advisement and may utilize facilities and services
of both universities.
The MSN program is accredited by the Accreditation
Commission for Education in Nursing, Inc. (ACEN).
Students should check the program Website for the
most up-to-date program information: www.clarion.
edu/dnp. Information about program requirements and
administrative matters is also available at both universities.

43

44

Advisement
Upon admission to the MSN Program, students are
assigned a faculty advisor at the university closest to
their home. Before beginning the first course, successful
applicants should meet with the graduate advisor for
orientation and assistance in planning their program of
studies. This can be accomplished face-to-face, by phone,
Email, or desktop conferencing.
Second Master’s and
Post-Master’s Certificate Policy
Second Master’s Degree Curriculum
(Family Nurse Practitioner)
Individuals holding a graduate degree in nursing
may earn a second master’s in nursing degree with a
concentration as a Family Nurse Practitioner. In order
to qualify for a second master’s degree, regardless of
where the first degree was earned, graduate students must
successfully complete a minimum of 30 hours of credit in
the Clarion and Edinboro Universities program beyond
the first master’s degree and meet program requirements

Clarion University

with respect to the required semester hours of credit and
courses for the major. Second master’s degree students
would typically have transfer credits in nursing theory and
research that could apply to the requirements of NURS
605: Evolution of Nursing Theory, NURS 610: Advanced
Concepts in Research, and NURS 800: Scholarly Project/
Thesis. Students may petition for life experience credits
for NURS 614: Health Promotion: Family and Community
Perspectives and NURS 645: Nursing and Public Policy.
Clinical courses and the internship are required of all
degree students regardless of prior advanced education.
Post-Master’s Family Nurse Practitioner
Certificate
A Post-Master’s Family Nurse Practitioner Certificate
is available to individuals who hold a master’s degree in
nursing from an accredited program. A program of study
that meets all requirements for the graduate to sit for
national certifying exams will be tailored to the needs
of the individual. A minimum of 24 credits is required to
earn a certificate.

Nursing

45

Doctor of Nursing Practice
Venango College School
of Health Sciences
Department of Nursing
Dr. Colleen Bessetti-Barrett, DNP, CRNP, FNP-BC
Program Coordinator
Edinboro University of Pennsylvania
122 Jeremy Brown Human Services Building
814-732-1643
cbarrett@edinboro.edu
www.edinboro.edu/dnp
www.clarion.edu/dnp
Graduate Faculty: C. Bessetti-Barrett, D. Ciesielka, D.
Falsetti, D. Kelly, M. Larson, A. McClune, J. Rodgers, C.
Stiller, T. White

Program Description
The DNP is designed to build on the MSN-FNP degree.
Applications will be open to any MSN-prepared advanced
practice nurse (NP, CNS, CRNA, or CNM) who meets
admission requirements:
1. Master of Science in Nursing degree;
2. National certification as an advanced practice
nurse;
3. Unencumbered, current license to practice as
an advanced practice nurse in the state where
internship hours will take place;
4. Verification of a minimum of 500 supervised
clinical hours from the applicant’s graduate
program; and
5. Graduate GPA > 3.25.

The Clarion and Edinboro Universities’ DNP Program
is a 27-credit program that offers specialty electives in
advanced clinical practice and clinical nursing education.
Courses can be taken part-time over six semesters in an
online format. Students will be admitted in cohorts of
27 and begin courses in the summer. The program is
designed to be flexible, affordable, and professionally
rewarding. The online, part-time structure accommodates
employment as an advanced practice nurse while pursuing
the DNP, thus easing the financial burden. Tuition and fee
information can be found at www.clarion.edu/tuition and
click on graduate tuition and fees.
Program Objectives
The overall purpose of the DNP program is two-fold: a)
to prepare advanced practice nurses to critically evaluate,
integrate, and disseminate the highest level of professional
nursing practice possible, and b) to respond to regional and
national shortages of primary care providers and clinical
nursing faculty.
Program Outcomes
The terminal learning outcomes for the Clarion and
Edinboro Universities’ DNP program are to prepare
advanced practice nurses to be able to:
1. Apply clinical scholarship through advanced
nursing practice within complex health systems.
2. Design, implement, analyze, and disseminate
research that translates evidence to practice.
3. Demonstrate advanced leadership skills for
empowering and influencing others to bring about
change.
4. Utilize information and management systems to
support evidence-based practice.
5. Establish inter-professional relationships to
provide comprehensive delivery of advanced
practice nursing.

Doctor of Nursing Practice

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Doctor of Nursing Practice

46

Admission Requirements
Master’s prepared advanced practice registered nurses
(APRN) as defined by the APRN consensus model,
that is Certified Nurse Practitioners, Clinical Nurse
Specialists, Certified Nurse Midwives, and Certified Nurse
Anesthetists, are eligible for this program, provided they
meet the following admissions requirements:
1. Current unencumbered licenses as a Registered
Nurse and Advanced Practice Nurse in the state
of Pennsylvania.
2. Bachelor of Science in Nursing
3. Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) or other
master’s degree from an accredited program with
a GPA of 3.25 or higher. Note: Applicants with a
master’s degree other than nursing may require
additional coursework prior to enrollment, as
determined by a review of official transcripts.
4. National certification as an Advanced Practice
Nurse is preferred.
5. Verification of a minimum of 500 supervised
clinical hours from the applicant’s graduate
program.
6. A graduate course in research with a grade of “B”
or higher or successful completion of graduate
thesis. Note: Completion of a graduate level
capstone project will be considered upon review
of the project.
Application Deadlines
To be fully considered for the limited number of seats
in our competitive Nursing program, all materials must be
in our Graduate Office by October 1 prior to the fall start
date for any given year. Clarion University operates on a
rolling admissions basis which means that applications
may be submitted and reviewed any time prior to the
deadline. It is recommended that applications be submitted
far enough in advance of the deadline to insure ‘complete’
status. Applications received after the October 1 deadline
may be considered for an interview for our wait list, or
for acceptance to the following year’s class if qualified.
All students will be notified of their status by March 1.
Applicants are strongly advised to apply early.
For an application and detailed instructions visit: www.
clarion.edu/dnp
Curriculum
Content is organized around three focus areas: a
leadership core, specialty electives, and advanced clinical
practice.

Clarion University

Leadership Core
Core courses with a leadership focus prepare graduates
to utilize information and management systems within
complex health care systems. The five courses that make
up the leadership core are also part of the core courses
for the program.
NURS 806: Leading Nursing in Health Care Systems
NURS 807: Information Management in Health Care
NURS 808: Analytical Methods of Evidence-Based
Practice
NURS 809: Advanced Topics in Nursing Practice
Specialty Electives
Specialty electives are available in advanced clinical
practice and clinical nursing education. Individual courses
will be made available based on student consenus.
NURS 810 Advanced Topics in Clinical
Management
NURS 820 Principles of Adult Learning in
Nursing Education
NURS 830 Clinical Teaching Strategies in

Nursing
NURS 840 Advanced Evaluation Strategies in
Nursing Education
Advanced Clinical Practice
Culminating practice-based experiences build on
the foundation of previous coursework in the program.
Note that the internships and capstone project are also
considered part of the core curriculum.
NURS 850: Doctor of Nursing Practice Internship
I and NURS 851: Doctor of Nursing Practice
Internship II
NURS 900: Doctor of Nursing Practice Capstone
Internship experiences account for 270 hours of direct
clinical practice in the community and can be completed at
students’ home locations, or, in many cases, in their work
settings. Up to 160 DNP practice hours are integrated
throughout the curriculum.
The capstone project accounts for an additional 135
practice hours. The DNP capstone gives students the
opportunity to demonstrate acquisition of increasingly
complex skill sets in data acquisition, analysis, and practice
application in a clinical setting.
Advisement
Upon admission to the DNP Program the student will
be assigned a faculty advisor. Before beginning the first
course, the successful applicant should meet with the
graduate advisor for orientation and assistance in planning
their program of studies. This can be accomplished faceto-face, by phone, email, or desktop conferencing.

47

Special Education

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Graduate Studies in

Special Education
School of Education
Department of Special Education
Graduate Studies in Special Education
Amy Conner-Love, Coordinator
107 Special Education Center
Telephone: 814-393-2536
Email: alove@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/departments/sped

Graduate Faculty: A. Conner-Love, C. Ketley, Y. Kim,
R. Sabousky, L. Taylor, L. Turner

Graduate studies in the Department of Special
Education are designed for those individuals pursuing
special education certification as well as those individuals
who want to expand their current knowledge base.

Program Objectives
The mission of the Master of Science programs
within the Department of Special Education is to provide
opportunities:
• to update, broaden, and refine the skills and
knowledge base of the veteran professional in
designing, implementing, and evaluating instruction
and services for individuals with disabilities;
• to extend knowledge and skills in research,
administration, leadership, and the organization
of service delivery;
• to analyze technically complex and current issues
within the field; and
• to prepare for more advanced studies and careers
in special education.
The graduate program in special education is accredited
by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education, the Council for Exceptional Children and
approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.

48

Special Education

Master of Education with Special Education
Concentration
The Master of Education with a Concentration in
Special Education program is designed primarily for
individuals who currently possess a teaching certificate
in some other area and wish to add special education
certification while earning a master’s degree. If completed
as prescribed, individuals will be eligible to sit for the
special education certification exam for Pre K-8 or
7-12. Individuals who wish to earn the master’s degree
without certification may complete the program in order
to enhance their entry level content knowledge.
Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements
apply, with the following additions:
• A baccalaureate degree from an acceptably
accredited college or university
• Undergraduate minimum GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
• Three faculty and/or professional recommendations;
recommendation forms should document applicant’s
potential and/or effectiveness in the areas of teaching
ability and/or professional performance
• Clarion University students will be provided an
expedited application process.
Special Education (M.Ed.) outcomes
1. Students will be competent special educators
2. Students will analyze the needs of students with
disabilities or at risk for disabilities and develop goals
and design as well as implement an individualized
education plan
3. Students will exhibit behaviors consistent with the
range of evidence-based model of education.
Degree Requirements
In addition to the general requirements of the Division
of Graduate Programs at Clarion University, students shall
meet the following requirements:
• Students must complete a planned program of
study approved by their advisor ranging from
30-33 credits
• Successful completion of SPED 418 within the
last two years or SPED 531 as a three-credit
elective. Students who never completed a
comparable special education course will take
SPED 418:31. Students contemplating more
advanced studies after completing the master’s
degree or contemplating careers that involve
research may elect, with advisor approval, a
special project (SPED 690).
Note: In accordance with Clarion University residency
requirements, no more than a maximum of 30 percent of
the total graduate credits may be transferred from other
institutions.

Clarion University

Master of Education with Special Education
Concentration

Core Competencies............................................... 6 credits
ED 520 Introduction to Research. ................................. 3
ED 578 Professional Seminar.......................................... 3
Specialization Courses........................................ 27 credits
SPED 462: Educational Assessment ............................... 3
SPED 482: Special Mathematics Instruction................. 3
SPED 500: Contemporary Issues in
Special Education.......................................... 3
SPED 522: Special Education Classroom

Administration............................................... 3
SPED 526: Clinical Practicum for High
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 527: Clinical Practicum for Low
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 528: Assistive Technology.....................................1
SPED 544: High Incidence Methods and Practicum. .....3
SPED 546: Low Incidence Methods and Practicum.......3
SPED 567: Seminar in Applied Behavior Analysis......... 3
SPED 580: Special Reading Instruction..........................3
Electives
SPED 418: Exceptionalities in the Regular Classroom
or SPED 531: Impact of Disabling Conditions
One other special education elective................................3

Fieldwork
Students enrolled in the Master of Education with
Special Education Program will complete fieldwork
incorporated in SPED 544: High Incidence Methods and
Practicum and SPED 546: Low Incidence Methods and
Practicum. This fieldwork is embedded in the course and
requires students to spend several weeks in an assigned
special education classroom.
Certification Candidates
Certification candidates are required to complete
clinical experiences (Student Teaching SPED 554) for
six credits, which can be counted toward the nine credits
of electives.
Integrated Middle Level Baccalaureate and
Master of Education with Special Education
Concentration (ED 4–8/Special Education
Pre-K–8)
In order to meet the new standards and offer Clarion
University students a unique opportunity to complete a
program with both Middle-Level and Special Education
certification, an integrated program has been created.
For this circumstance, those students wishing
to matriculate to graduate school to receive Special
Education certification would take the following courses
as part of their undergraduate program: SPED 245, SPED
381, SPED 462, and SPED 482.
The students would be required to student teach in
both the Middle level area and the Special Education area.
The SPED 462, SPED 482, SPED 245, and SPED 381
courses would count on the undergraduate record and as
competencies completed for the Master’s of Education
with Special Education Concentration.

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Core Competencies................................................ 6 credits
ED 520: Introduction to Research.............................3
ED 578:
Professional Seminar.....................................3
Specialization Courses......................................... 21 credits
SPED 462: Educational Assessment*
SPED 482: Special Mathematics Instruction*
SPED 500: Contemporary Issues in Special Education.3
SPED 522: Special Education Classroom

Administration................................................3
SPED 526: Clinical Practicum for High
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 527: Clinical Practicum for Low
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 528: Assistive Technology.....................................1
SPED 544: Methods of Practicum High Incidence. .......3
SPED 546: Methods of Practicum Low Incidence.........3
SPED 567: Seminar on ABA*
SPED 580: Special Reading Instruction*
SPED 554: Graduate Student Teaching in Special
Education.........................................................6
Special Education/ Rehabilitative Science Elective. ....3
TOTAL............................................. 30 Credits
* Completed in the mid-level undergraduate program
Student Teaching will occur after SPED 544 & 546 (block)

Integrated Secondary Level Baccalaureate and
Master of Education with Special Education
Concentration (ED 7–12/Special Education
Pre-7–12)
For this circumstance, those students wishing
to matriculate to graduate school to receive Special
Education certification would take the following courses
as part of their undergraduate program: SPED 245, SPED
381, SPED 462, and SPED 482.
The students would be required to student teach in
both the Middle level area and the Special Education area.
The SPED 462, SPED 482, SPED 245, and SPED 381
courses would count on the undergraduate record and as
competencies completed for the Master’s of Education
with Special Education Concentration.
Master of Education With Special Education
Concentration and Middle Level Certification
Core Competencies................................................ 6 credits
ED 520: Introduction to Research.............................3
ED 578:
Professional Seminar.....................................3
Specialization Courses......................................... 21 credits
SPED 462: Educational Assessment*
SPED 482: Special Mathematics Instruction*
SPED 500: Contemporary Issues in Special Education.3
SPED 522: Special Education Classroom

Administration................................................3
SPED 526: Clinical Practicum for High
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 527: Clinical Practicum for Low
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 528: Assistive Technology.....................................1

SPED 544: Methods of Practicum High Incidence. .......3
SPED 546: Methods of Practicum Low Incidence.........3
SPED 567: Seminar on ABA*
SPED 580: Special Reading Instruction*
SPED 554: Graduate Student Teaching in Special
Education.........................................................6
Special Education/ Rehabilitative Science Elective. ....3
TOTAL............................................. 30 Credits
* Completed in the mid-level undergraduate program
Student Teaching will occur after SPED 544 & 546 (block)

Special Education PreK-8/7-12 Dual
Certification with Master of Science in
Special Education
The Department of Special Education has created a
program designed to meet the needs of a variety of learners
with disabilities, at risk for disabilities, and those with
reading disabilities.
The Intervention Specialist Program at Clarion
University is designed to prepare a new professional for
the Commonwealth’s schools. The program combines
special education, special reading education, as well as
mathematics content knowledge and special mathematics
methods, to ensure that individuals with special learning
needs and diverse abilities entitled to a free, appropriate
quality education utilizing specialized teaching receive it
at all age levels. This is one of 25 programs nationwide
with International Dyslexia Association accreditation.
Upon completion of the program, students will earn a
Bachelor of Science in Special Education degree, a Master
of Science in Special Education degree, and be prepared to
sit for the certification examination for special education
as well as Reading Specialist Certification.
Individuals wishing to become enrolled in this program
must understand that teaching experience is required
before entering the graduate portion of the program.
Therefore, the program requires at the undergraduate level
more than 600 hours of supervised practicum experience
as well as completing all requirements for special
education certification including passing the certification
examination. As per PDE requirement, no certifications
can be awarded individually; the requirements for both
must be completed in the prescribed order.
Master of Science in Special Education
Intervention Specialist Concentration. . 33 credits
SPED 501: Foundations for Literacy Instruction
for Exceptional Readers..............................................3
SPED 502: Curriculum Design and Materials for
Teaching Exceptional Readers....................................3
SPED 503: Educational Assessment for
Exceptional Readers. ...................................................3
SPED 504: Teaching Emergent and Developing
Exceptional Readers. ...................................................3
SPED 506: Teaching Exceptional Adolescents
with Reading Problems.................................................3
SPED 507: Written and Visual Expression

Special Education

Master of Education With Special Education
Concentration and Middle Level Certification

49

50

Clarion University

Special Education
for Exceptional Readers..............................................3
SPED 508: Professional Seminar: Delivering
Evidenced-Based Instruction......................................3
ED 520: or REHB 520 Research Component..................3
ED 574: Reading Program Orientation,
Administration, and Supervision. ................................3
SPED 509: Intervention Specialist Student Teaching..6
Undergraduate Component

Special Education Certification Core ... 33 credits
SPED 128 High Incidence Exceptionalities....................3
SPED 129 Low Incidence Exceptionalities.................... 3
SPED 245 Applied Behavior Analysis............................. 3
SPED 350 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in SPED ...... 2
SPED 381 Special Reading and Written Instruction . .3
SPED 462 Educational Assessment................................ 3
SPED 472 Assistive Technology .................................... 3
SPED 482 Special Mathematics Instruction ................ 3
SPED 422 Special Education Classroom Admin............ 3
SPED 444 Methods and Practicum—High Incidence... 3
SPED 446 Methods and Practicum—Low Incidence . . 3
SPED 411 Educational Assessment Practicum............. 1
Student Teaching ..................................................... 6 credits
SPED 450 Student Teaching. .......................................... 6

Mathematics Required Related Electives
(12 credits)
This area will be designed with the advisor to select
courses to enable students to have enhanced mathematics
content knowledge. These credits will be beyond the
6 credits of the MATH 111/211 requirement. MATH
110–MATH 480, excluding MATH 010, MATH 050,
MATH 290, and MATH 390, are acceptable credits for
this requirement.
Intervention Specialist Core....................... 21 credits
SPED 211: Intellectual Disabilities...............................3
SPED 230: Social and Emotional Disturbances. ..........3
SPED 432: Specific Learning Disabilities.......................3
SPED 442: Differentiating Instruction..........................3
SPED 492: Special Mathematics Instruction II..............3
COOP 378: Co-op/Learning Disabilities..........................3
ENG 459: Language Acquisition Across Cultures........3
Total:...................................................................... 120 credits

Master of Science Special Education
-Advanced Study
This online course of study is designed to enhance
the practicing special educators’ instruction and ability to
advocate for students who are exceptional.
M.S. Special Education 33 credits

SPED 500: Contemporary Issues In Special Education .3
SPED 514: Introduction To Gifted Education...............3
SPED 519: Statistical Application for Behavioral
Science............................................................................3
SPED 530: Learning Disabilities. ....................................3
SPED 567: Seminar in Advanced Applied Behavior
Analysis..........................................................................3
SPED 571: Community Adjustment-Futures Planning
for Students with Disabilities.....................................3
SPED 597: Collaboration and Cooperation: Improved
Teaching and Learning Outcomes. .............................3
SPED 620: Role Development with Parents..................3
SPED 632: Policy and Practice in Special Education...3
SPED 635: Advanced Methods for Persons with Autism
and Severe Disabilities.................................................3
OR
SPED 636: Advanced Methods for Persons with High
Incidence Disabilities....................................................3
SPED 700: Thesis or other 3 credit Special Education
elective

Autism Spectrum Disorders endorsement
This endorsement includes 12 hours of coursework
on characteristics, assessment for instructional planning,
instructional interventions, and collaboration with families
and agencies relative to individuals with Autism Spectrum
Disorder (ASD). Upon successful completion of the
coursework, holders of Level I and II certification may
make application to PDE for the autism endorsement.
The classes are as follows:

SPED 521: Autism Spectrum Disorders. .........................3
SPED 567: Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis...........3
SPED 597: Collaboration and Cooperation. .................3
SPED 635: Advanced Methods for Persons with
Autism and Severe Disabilities....................................3

51

Gifted & Talented certificate:
This certificate (not teacher certification) is available to
enhance educators’ knowledge about giving students who
are gifted and talented the opportunity to have supported
access to the highest possible quality education in the
classroom.
Candidates for this certificate will be required to
complete 18 credits from the following courses:
SPED 418G: Exceptionalities in the Classroom............3
SPED 442G: Differentiated Instruction in Inclusive
Settings. .........................................................................3
SPED 514: Introduction to Gifted Education...............3
SPED 539: Curriculum Development and Educational
Programming in Gifted Education. .............................3
SPED 597: Collaboration and Cooperation. .................3
SPED 596: Contemporary Education Practices and
Directions.......................................................................3

Physical Facilities
The Department of Special Education is housed in a
two-story wing of Stevens Hall on the Clarion Campus.
In addition to the modern classrooms, an array of
instructional support technology is available.
In addition to the numerous computer labs across the
campus, there is a computer lab in Stevens Hall and
another in the Department of Special Education. In
the lab, students have access to a variety of instructional
and management software along with IBM hardware
and adaptive communication devices for computer and
stand-alone devices. Students have access to mainframe
computer support through the campus systems.
The department maintains ongoing cooperative relations
with numerous school districts, Intermediate Units, and
rehabilitation programs in the region, all of which are available
to assist in providing a wide array of field opportunities.
Release of Data from M.S.
Thesis-Publication Policy
In accordance with professional ethics, any
information from master’s research should be published or
otherwise released only in conjunction with the student’s
advisor. Publications resulting from research done at
Clarion University shall give appropriate credit to persons
involved in the research, to Clarion University, and to
any granting agencies which supported the research.

Special Education

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

52

Clarion University

Speech Language
Pathology

Master of Science Degree

Speech Language Pathology
Venango College School
of Health Sciences
Department of Communication
Sciences and Disorders
Janis Jarecki-Liu, Ph.D., Program Director, Chair,
Graduate Program Coordinator

114 Keeling Health Center
Telephone: 814-393-2581
Email: jjareckiliu@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/csd

Graduate Faculty: N. Armstrong (Clinical), K. Dworek,
S. Hall (Clinical), J. Jarecki-Liu, C. McAleer, M. McCarthy
(Clinical), K. Staub

The Communication Sciences and Disorders (CSD)
Department offers a graduate program leading to a master
of science degree in speech language pathology. The
master’s of science education program in speech-language
pathology at Clarion University of Pennsylvania is
accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation in
Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology (CAA) of the
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2200
Research Boulevard #310, Rockville, Maryland 20850,
800-498-2071 or 301-296-5700.

CSD Department Mission Statement
The mission of the Communication Sciences and
Disorders Department is to provide a high quality
academic and clinical education which enables program
graduates to become competent, fully credentialed speechlanguage pathologists serving the needs of the region and
Commonwealth.
CSD Department Vision Statement
The Communication Sciences and Disorders
Department is dedicated to: 1) preparing students, per
the tenants of best practices, with the knowledge and
skills needed to effectively work with communicatively
impaired individuals in a variety of clinical environments,
2) academic and clinical teaching excellence within
the program, offering students quality educational
opportunities and experiences, 3) providing a variety
of effectual clinical services to the community at large,
and 4) developing educated consumers of research who
are committed to lifelong learning and professional
development.
Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• A baccalaureate degree from an acceptably
accredited college or university.
For full admission consideration:
• An overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of at
least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. GRE scores are required.
• An overall GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in CSD
undergraduate coursework, including all grades
for repeated courses.
• GRE scores are required.
A full-admission status is required for graduate
assistantship consideration.
For provisional admission consideration for those with
less than a 3.0 overall GPA:
• An applicant must have a minimum GPA of 2.75
on a 4.0 scale.
• GRE scores are required. A provisionally admitted
student must complete the first nine graduate
credits by earning grades of “B” or higher in each
course to continue in the program and receive a
full-admission status. Provisions of the admission
will be outlined in the admission letter.
International students must have a minimum total score
of 89 on the TOEFL iBT with the following minimum
section requirements:
• Reading
18
• Speaking 26
• Listening 21
• Writing
24
• or minimum total score of 573 on the paper-based
test

53

In addition to the above requirements, all applicants
must meet the following requirements:
• A resume is required.
• Writing proficiency as demonstrated by a one-page
letter of intent.
• Three faculty and/or professional recommendations;
recommendation forms should document
applicant’s potential and/or effectiveness
in specialization area and/or professional
performance.
• Twelve semester hours of credit in courses
related to normal development and the sciences
related to the use of speech, hearing, and
language; three credits in speech pathology;
three credits in language disorders; six credits
in audiology, including three credits in aural
rehabilitation; three credits in augmentative
and alternative communication; 25 clinical
observation hours; three credits in statistics; three
credits in behavioral/social sciences; three credits
in biological sciences and three credits in physical
sciences. Students may make up undergraduate
deficiencies.
• Post-baccalaureate students must maintain a 3.0
overall GPA in the undergraduate pre-requisite
courses in order to progress into graduate
coursework. Failure to meet this minimum
requirement will delay the start of the student’s
graduate program up to one (1) year and may
result in dismissal from the program.
Degree Requirements
General Regulations and Procedures
Advisement. Upon acceptance into the program,
students will be assigned to a departmental advisor. The
student and his or her advisor will plan a program of study.
This plan will be filed and maintained in the student’s
academic file. Students must meet with their academic
advisor every semester to pre-register for courses.
Grades. An average grade of “B” (3.0/4.0) is required.
Graduate Courses. Graduate courses are numbered
in the 500s. Some courses open to undergraduates (400
numbers) may be taken for graduate credit by permission
of the student’s advisor. A maximum of six credits at the
400-level may be taken for graduate credit and applied
toward a graduate degree. Please note that 400-level
courses taken for undergraduate credit cannot be repeated
for graduate credit.
Specific Requirements
• The student must fulfill all general requirements
for the degree and complete a minimum of 50
semester hours of credit for the degree.
• The graduate student majoring in speech language
pathology will complete a minimum of 38 credits
in communication sciences and disorders courses,

Speech Language
Pathology

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

54

Speech Language
Pathology

including CSD 500, 505, 510, 512, 513, 520,
525, 530, 535, 540, 550, 554, 589, and 592.
Students also must complete 12 credits of CSD
522 externship.
Options. Thesis, research, and academic programs are
available. The decision as to whether a given student shall
follow one program or the other rests with the department,
as it considers the recommendations of the advisor and
the request of the student. The student will complete an
approved program under one of the following options:
Thesis Option: Fifty-three semester hours, including
six credits in CSD 590. After the completion of a
satisfactory thesis, the candidate will be asked to make
an oral defense of this thesis before a faculty committee.
Research Option: Fifty semester hours, including
three credits in CSD 590. This option does not require a
thesis, but does require a research paper or project.
Academic: Fifty semester hours. To complete the
degree:
• Clinical proficiency must be demonstrated.
• Two externships in a clinic and/or public school
are necessary to satisfactorily complete the clinic
clock hours required for the degree. Students
must have a cumulative QPA of 3.00, must be
in good academic standing, and must be making
satisfactory progress toward the degree to be
permitted to enroll in the extemship program.
• Academic and clinical practicum requirements for
the Certificate of Clinical Competency in SpeechLanguage Pathology of the American SpeechLanguage-Hearing Association must be fulfilled.
• Students who wish to obtain a Pennsylvania
Teaching Certificate for Speech and Language
Impaired or Educational Specialist Certificate for
Speech and Language Pathologist must obtain a
master’s degree in speech language pathology,
must complete an externship in the public schools,
and must complete CSD 554: Professional
Practicum or have had a commensurate course.
In addition, the student must pass all Praxis Series
Tests required by the Pennsylvania Department
of Education. Applications for these tests can be
obtained at www.ets.org/praxis.
Speech Language Pathology (MS) Outcomes
1. Students will demonstrate adequate knowledge of
principles of basic science and normal development
in relation to speech, language and hearing for entry
level into the profession.
2. Students will demonstrate knowledge of
characteristics, etiologies, diagnostic and treatment
methods for each disorder area within the scope of
practice for Speech Language Pathology.

Clarion University

3. Students will be able to apply and integrate
discipline-specific knowledge to develop and
implement appropriate diagnostic and clinical
management plans, providing services resulting
in evidence-based practice in speech language
pathology.
4. Students will demonstrate knowledge of professional
and ethical standards of conduct.
Degree Requirements
Students enrolled in the Speech Language Pathology
Graduate Program are required to undergo a physical
examination at the university Health Center before
completing any clinical assignment at an off-campus
site. The physical examination must include a record
of immunity to tetanus, rubeola (red measles), mumps,
rubella (German or three-day measles) and varicella
(chicken pox). It also must include proof of freedom from
active tuberculosis. Additionally, students should show
proof of immunity to Hepatitis B. Students who do not
show proof of current immunizations will not be permitted
to enroll in CSD 522 Externship.
Placement
The faculty and the university’s Career Services Center
assist graduates of the program in finding professional
positions in public and private schools, colleges
and universities, hospitals, research centers, health
departments, clinical service centers, industry, or private
practice. Graduates of the program have historically
enjoyed excellent professional placement.
Externship
Six-credit externships are available in a wide variety
of environments to augment the classroom experiences
and broaden clinical experiences. Students must complete
two six-credit externships.
Physical Facilities
The academic component of the department is housed
in the first floor of the Keeling Health Center. Facilities
include classrooms, a speech science/anatomy and
physiology lab, a microcomputer lab, a library which
includes a large variety of videotape resources, a student
study area, and departmental and faculty offices.
An independent Speech and Hearing Clinic is located
on the ground floor of the Keeling Health Center and
includes individual and group clinic rooms, a conference
and seminar room, an audiological suite, a clinical
instrumentation laboratory, a student study area, a
reception area, videotaping facilities, and a 10-station
closed circuit television system.

55

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

ACTG 451

ACTG 452

ACTG 453

ACTG 454

ACTG 455

ACTG 456

Actg Problems
3.00
A problem-oriented study of topics most often tested
on the CPA exam. Includes inventory methods, longterm contracts, partnership, leases, consignments,
installment sales, receivership, fiduciary accounting,
and governmental accounting. Preparations for the
practice portion of the CPA exam are emphasized.
Prerequisite: ACTG 350. Spring Semester.
Adv Cost Actg
3.00
A study of advanced concepts of cost accounting to
provide useful quantitative information for decisionmaking. Includes inventory valuation, cost allocations,
joint-product costs, process costing, accounting
systems, profit center costs, and segment performance
measuring. Prerequisite: ACTG 352.
Prob Fed Tax Actg
3.00
Examines federal income tax concepts and compliance
problems of partnerships, corporations, estates, and
trusts. Briefly considers Social Security, estate, and gift
taxation. Prerequisite: ACTG 353.
Comparative Actg Systems
3.00
Helps students develop a holistic approach to the
concepts and practices for the examination and
exploration of accounting systems. Discusses
specialized accounting systems in detail, depending
on the interest and desires of students. Prerequisites:
ACTG 251, 252, 350, 351, 354, CIS 223, and 301.
Not For Profit Entities
3.00
A study of the principles and practices of budgeting and
accounting for activities of entities that are operated for
purposes other than making profits. Prerequisite: ACTG
351.
Advanced Actg
3.00
Considers modern development in accounting,
including recent studies and pronouncements by
accounting authorities such as the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants and the Securities
and Exchange Commission. Analyzes the problems of
accounting for consolidation and partnership equity.
Emphasizes developing the student’s technical and
problem-solving abilities. Prerequisite: ACTG 351. On
demand.

ACTG 461

ACTG 463

ACTG 490

ACTG 499

ACTG 500

ACTG 552

International Actg
3.00
Studies the influence of cultural values on the practice
and theory of accounting and developing sensitivity to
the differences and similarities of different accounting
systems. Includes consolidation, translation of
foreign currency statements, inflation, replacement
cost accounting of global-oriented corporations and
harmonization of accounting standards. Prerequisite:
ACTG 252.
Tax Planning
3.00
Acquaints students with tax planning techniques that
can be used to accomplish an individual’s financial
goals. Enables students to suggest actions that
fit the individual’s financial priorities based on an
understanding of financial position, cash flow and
income, gift and estate tax matters. Prerequisite: ACTG
353.
Current Accounting Pronouncements
3.00
A research study of current Financial Accounting
Standards Board statements of standards,
interpretations, concepts, exposure drafts, and
discussion memorandums. The internship experience
and related research topics will be presented,
discussed, and integrated with the pronouncements.
Prerequisite: COOP 420, Accounting Internship.
Special Topics in Actg
3.00
Presents various current topics affecting accounting
practice and theory. Covers different topics from
year to year as subjects of importance are identified.
Prerequisite: ACTG 351 or consent of instructor.
Financial Actg
2.00
A study of the principles and procedures for collecting,
recording, summarizing, and reporting financial
information. Each semester.
Management Accounting
3.00
A graduate course for non-accounting majors which
deals with the application of concepts and tools of
accounting analysis necessary for planning, control,
and decision-making functions of national and
multinational organizations. Topics include financial
statement analysis and interpretation, budgeting,
standards, and forecasting. Prerequisites: ACTG 251
and ACTG 252.

Course Descriptions

Graduate Course Descriptions

56

Course Descriptions
Course Descriptions

ACTG 553 Personal Taxation
3.00
This course examines federal income taxation of
individuals. The course explains the requirements
of preparing Form 1040 and supporting forms and
schedules. It stresses how to comply with applicable
tax law and how to deal with the administration of such
laws. Prerequisite: Financial Accounting.
ACTG 554 Advanced Auditing
3.00
An advanced study of current topics in auditing. The
course is intended to develop more complex issues
than those encountered in an introductory auditing
course. Topics include current audit influences, special
problems with audit reports, SEC practice, computer
auditing, and related topics. Prerequisite: ACTG 354 (or
its equivalent).
ACTG 555 Internal Control
3.00
This course examines internal control of an
organization. The course considers the role internal
control plays in the audit of financial statements, and
in forensic accounting and the detection of fraud.
Prerequisite: ACTG 251 Financial Accounting or ACTG
354 Auditing. Offered as needed.
ACTG 650 Theory of Accounts
3.00
A study of past and contemporary accounting
theories. The course is concerned with the historical
development of accounting and its evolution to present
times. Present-day accounting concepts are critically
examined from the standpoint of how well they serve
the needs of those who use the products of accounting.
Prerequisite: ACTG 351 (or its equivalent) or permission
of the instructor.
ACTG 652 Advanced Manag Actg
3.00
A study of complex problems in cost accounting. Use
of cost accounting as a tool for managerial control is
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACTG 352 (or its equivalent)
or permission of the instructor.
ACTG 653 Research Fed Taxation
3.00
A study of federal tax law emphasizing the underlying
philosophy of the law. Research procedures and
techniques in the handling of complicated problems
in tax practice and tax planning will be set forth.
Prerequisite: ACTG 453 (or its equivalent) or permission
of the instructor.
ACTG 654 Advanced Forensic Accounting
3.00
This course examines the topics of forensic accounting
and fraud. The course explains the procedures to
conduct a forensic investigation and detect fraud by
assessing risk factors and the internal control structure.
It stresses the responsibility and liability of both
management and the auditor. Prerequisite: ACTG 554
Advanced Auditing or ACTG 354 Auditing. Offered as
needed.
ACTG 663 Business Taxation
3.00
The course examines federal income taxation
of business entities, including partnerships,
S-corporations, estate, and trusts. The course explains
the requirements of preparing Forms 1165, 1120S, 1041
and supporting forms and schedules. It stresses how
to comply with applicable tax law and how to deal with
the administration of such laws. Prerequisite: Financial
Accounting.
ACTG 690 Public Accounting
3.00
The course is the capstone course in the Master of
Accountancy program. It is a culmination of all of the
courses taken in the program. Specifically, the areas
of Auditing and Attestation, Financial Accounting and
Reporting, Regulation, and Business
Environment and Concepts. These are the four areas of
the uniform Certified Public Accounting exam. Although
each of these four areas is covered in detail throughout
the program, this course will focus on preparing the
student to widen their knowledge of each of the four
areas so that they are prepared to pass the uniform
CPA examination. Prerequisite: Financial Accounting.
ART 517
Latin American Art
3.00
A study of selected art traditions in the Spanish and
Portuguese and French-speaking Western Hemisphere,
including ancient, medieval and contemporary
examples. Contributions of native, African, European,
and other cultures will be considered. This is a writing

Clarion University

ATSW 542

ATSW 543

ATSW 556

ATSW 557

ATSW 558

ATSW 559

BCHM 453

BCHM 454

intensive course with frequent essays, hands-on
art making processes, a research project, and a
required museum field trip. The course may be offered
on location in Central or South American or the
Caribbean, and will become part of the Latin American
and Caribbean studies minor program. Visits and
apprenticeships to artist’ and artisans’ workshops will
be arranged when possible. Students who received
credit for ART 217 may not subsequently enroll in ART
417/517.
Introduction to Corrective Exercise
3.00
This course entails the investigation of the rationale for
corrective exercise training and understanding human
movement science and human movement impairments
for the practicing or prospective professional. It will
also include the learning of health risk appraisals,
assessment strategies, and the corrective exercise
continuum.
Corrective Exercise Application
3.00
This course entails the investigation of specific
corrective exercise strategies for the practicing or
prospective professional. These include: inhibitory,
activation, and integration skills as well as corrective
exercise techniques for the foot and ankle, knee,
lumbo-pelvic-hip complex, shoulder, elbow, wrist,
cervical spine and other limitations that result from
disabling conditions. Prerequisite: ATSW 542 Introduction to Corrective Exercise
Athl Injur: Prev, Recog & Eval
3.00
Presents the latest principles and techniques for
preventing common athletic injuries. New theories on
the care of injuries are discussed and implemented.
Students will be provided with the knowledge and
skills necessary to help provide a safe environment for
athletes while they are participating in sports. Also, in
an emergency, students will learn how to help sustain
life and minimize the consequences of injury or sudden
illness until medical help arrives. Students in this class
will earn a Sport Safety Training Certificate from the Red
Cross. Summer course for Act 48 requirements.
Phys Fund of Ath Coaching
3.00
Study of the scientific principles of physiology and
how they can be applied to athletic conditioning. Both
muscular and energy fitness development are covered
in detail. Sport nutrition and a wide variety of training
methods are covered. Summer course for Act 48
requirements.
Prin & Prob of Athl Coaching
3.00
Study of modern theory and practices of athletic
coaching, including: philosophy, sport psychology, risk
management, team management, self management,
teaching sport skills, and problems and issues of
concern in athletics. Summer course for Act 48
requirements.
Kinesiological Found Ath Coach
3.00
Helps coaches understand basic scientific information
concerning athletic movement. Biomechanics
emphasize the analysis of motion and application
of force. Applies scientific principles to effective
teaching of athletic skills. Summer course for Act 48
requirements.
Biochemistry
3.00
A study of the chemical properties of proteins, nucleic
acids, carbohydrates, and lipids. An introduction
to bioenergetics and carbohydrate metabolism. In
addition, students will gain an understanding of
biomolecule structure/function relationships, basic
biochemical and energetic pathways, and how
biochemical energy is processed for survival. The
ultimate goal of this course is for the student to gain
knowledge and understanding of biochemical principles
in order to think critically, analytically, and creatively
in applying these principles to solving problems.
Prerequisite: CHEM 251 or 254. Three hours lecture.
Fall, annually.
Biochemistry II
3.00
This course is a continuation of CHEM 453. Topics will
include carbohydrate, lipid and amino acid metabolism,
bioenergetics, vitamins and minerals, control and
regulation of metabolic pathways, and the nature of

BIOL 508

BIOL 511

BIOL 520

BIOL 521

BIOL 522

BIOL 523

BIOL 524

BIOL 525

BIOL 526

BIOL 527

Biology Internship
3.00
Internships provide practical experiences that are
related to a students academic program or research
area. Credits earned can be utilized as partial fulfillment
of the Master of Science degree in biology. Students
considering internship credits to be applied toward
the Master of Science degree must have the approval
of their graduate advisory committee, the cooperating
agency, and the appropriate university administrators.
On demand.
Wildlife Ecology & Mgmt
3.00
An in-depth approach to the ecology and management
of wildlife species - birds, mammals, amphibians
and reptiles - at scales ranging from populations to
landscapes. Lecture and discussion will focus on
current topics in wildlife ecology and management such
as the dynamics of exploited populations, non-game
wildlife, population regulation by predators, parasites,
and diseases, habitat evaluation and management,
and restoration of wildlife populations. Laboratory
will emphasize descriptive and investigative studies
of wildlife in local ecosystems. Two lecture and three
laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 202 or
equivalent. BIOL 305 desirable.
Terrestrial Botany
3.00
A field course emphasizing the identification,
distribution, and ecology of upland vascular plants of
Western Pennsylvania. Field and laboratory projects
will focus on plant characteristics, taxonomic relations,
floristics, habitat relationship, inventory methods,
and plant community description and dynamics.
(Pymatuning)
Aquatic Entomology
3.00
Emphasis in this course is on identification of the
major groups of invertebrates playing a role in natural
communities and on the methods of quantifying their
relative importance in the community. (Pymatuning)
Aquatic Botany
3.00
Study of freshwater algae and aquatic vascular plants
in field communities, methods of quantifying relative
numbers and mass, and structural and physiological
adaptations to the aquatic environment. (Pymatuning)
Exp Vertebrate Ecology
3.00
Designed to give knowledge of basic field identification,
capture techniques, quantification, and natural history
of some of the common vertebrates of Pennsylvania.
(Pymatuning)
Freshwater Ichthyology
3.00
A study of the physiological reaction involved in
the growth, reproduction, and death of microbes.
Consideration is placed upon the metabolism of
carbohydrates, proteins, vitamins, and fats. Enzymes,
oxidation-reduction potentials, energy relationships,
membrane potentials, and nutrients are considered.
Prerequisites: General Microbiology and Biochemistry
or permission of instructor. Two lecture and four lab
hours per week.
Fisheries Biology
3.00
Ecology of fish populations, including identification, age
and growth, populations estimation and analysis, food
habits, environmental requirements, and management
considerations. Prerequisites: Environmental Biology or
permission of instructor. Three lecture hours per week.
Laboratory sessions held on Saturdays. Student must
possess a valid Pennsylvania fishing license.
Field Ichthyology
3.00
A field course dealing with the interrelationships of
fish with their biotic and abiotic environment. Fish in
their natural habitats, pollution, and improvements of
aquatic habitats, and applied aspects of fish ecology
and fishery management will be studied. (Pymatuning).
Student must possess a valid Pennsylvania fishing
license.
Field Botany
3.00
A field-based course emphasizing the identification
and natural history of common vascular plants native to
western Pennsylvania and methods used to study them.
Course will be taught at a time when the spring flora is
conspicuous. Spring, alternate
years.

Course Descriptions

metabolic and genetic diseases. Prerequisite: CHEM
453. Three hours lecture. Spring annually.
BCHM 463 Biochem Lab
1.00
Experiments involving the major techniques in modern
biochemistry. Emphasizes separation and purification
techniques, kinetic studies, quantitative determinations,
and analytical instrumentation in biochemistry and
biotechnology. Co/Prerequisite: BCHM 453. Three
hours laboratory. Fall annually.
BIOL 460 Comp Vertebrate Anatomy
4.00
Traces the most important trends in the evolution of
basic structures in vertebrate lines and conveys an
appreciation of how the mammals came to possess
the combination of characters that make this group
unique. Three lectures and three laboratory hours
weekly. Prerequisites: Two semesters of Intro Biology,
or permission of instructor. Frequency: Alternate years
BIOL 464 Developmental Biology
3.00
The course focuses on the major processes in multicellular development and embryogenesis and their
underlying biochemical mechanisms. Throughout the
semester, students will study various processes, such
as cell differentiation, intra- and inter-cellular induction,
and organismal morphogenesis. The class will primarily
focus on animal or vertebrate development, though
invertebrate and plant model organisms will also be
examined. Prerequisites: BIOL 201, BIOL 203, CHEM
251, CHEM 252, CHEM 261, and CHEM 262, all with a
C or better. Fall, alternate years.
BIOL 500 Graduate Seminar
2.00
A survey of current literature, concepts, and theories
from selected fields of biology. Two discussion hours
weekly. By arrangement.
BIOL 502 Biometry
3.00
Collection, analysis, and presentation of biological
data. Fundamental aspects of designing and executing
descriptive and experimental studies with emphasis
on biological research. Applications to undergraduate
and graduate research in progress in the Department
of Biology are stressed. Three lecture hours per week.
Spring, alternate years.
BIOL 503 Special Topics
4.00
Semi-independent studies of topical material under the
guidance of the instructor. Maximum credit allowable
toward graduation: nine semester hours. Prerequisites:
permission of instructor and the student’s graduate
committee.
BIOL 504 Genomics and Bioinformatics
3.00
The new disciplines of genomics, proteomics and
bioinformatics attempt to analyze the deluge of DNA
sequence data currently being generated. Topics
include comparative structure of prokayotic and
eukaryotic genomes, genetic variation in humans
and pharmacogenetics, and genomic circuits and
complex diseases. Students will be introduced to
the computational techniques and algorithms of
Bioinformatics, and use them to mine information
about a gene and genome of their choice. Designed
for students in biology, molecular biology, evolutionary
biology, biochemistry, industrial mathematics and
computational science. Two hours of lecture and three
hours of lab. Prerequisite: BIOL 201 and MATH 260 OR
MATH 221 or permission of instructor. Fall
BIOL 505 Ecological Applications
3.00
A case history approach to the analysis and possible
resolution of both terrestrial and aquatic environmental
problems. Students will analyze the problem from
a number of perspectives, including the biological,
in an assessment of the problem. Sample design,
cost considerations, data collection, and analysis
will be incorporated into the assessment. The overall
assessment of the problem and possible resolution will
be conveyed both orally and in a written format. This
course is considered a capstone for students in the
Applied Ecology Program, but is appropriate for other
students who meet the prerequisites. Prerequisites:
BIOL 202, or permission of the instructor. BIOL 493 and
494 are recommended. Spring, alternate years.

57

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

58

Course Descriptions

BIOL 528

BIOL 530

BIOL 532

BIOL 540

BIOL 543

BIOL 544

Course Descriptions
BIOL 546

BIOL 550

Clarion University

Ornithology
3.00
This course deals with the biology of birds. Lectures
cover topics such as classification, internal and
external adaptations for flight, migration, nesting and
feeding habits, behavior, ecology, and physiology.
There are two lectures and three laboratory or field
trip hours per week. Prerequisite: Permission of the
instructor. Spring, even-numbered years.
Biology of Cancer
3.00
This course presents an in depth overview of both
the scientific and clinical aspects of cancer with an
emphasis on the cellular, molecular, and genetic
models of cancer development in humans. Topics
include: cancer epidemiology, biochemical process
es of malignant process, TNM classification, modern
advances in tumor biology and molecular biology
including the effects of a variety of agents (chemical,
radiation, viruses, and oncogenes) that cause human
cancer. Furthermore, the course examines the major
types of cancer as well as present methods of cancer
prevention and treatment. Three lecture hours weekly.
Prerequisite: BIOL 201 and BIOL 203. Fall, alternate
years.
Field Ornithology
3.00
This course deals primarily with the identification and
natural history of birds of western Pennsylvania. It
is taught at a time when migratory species are also
commonly seen. Although lectures are an important
component, indoor and outdoor laboratory activities
play a predominant role in this course. Prerequisites:
BIOL 155/165; BIOL 156/166; or permission of the
instructor. Spring, even-numbered years.
Environmental Microbiology
3.00
Explores the diversity, distribution, and activities of
microorganisms in natural, managed and extreme
environments, with a particular focus on microbial
communities, interactions and environmental
processes. Laboratory sessions and field experience s
will be on an arranged basis. Prerequisite: BIOL 341 or
permission of Instructor. Spring, alternate years
Virology
3.00
A study of plant, animal, and bacterial viruses,
including the biochemistry of viruses and viral life
cycles, techniques in the study of viruses in relation
to diseases, tumors, and cancer. Prerequisites:
Microbiology or Biochemistry or permission of
instructor. Three lecture hours per week.
Immunology
4.00
Study of the mammalian immune system. The course
will focus on the parts of the system and how they
function together to produce the varied and complex
regulated responses that provide innate and adaptive
immunity. The course will also incorporate case studies
involving dysfunction and pathophysiology of the
immune system. Essential laboratory principles and
skills involving microscopy (light and flourescence),
ultraviolet and visible spectroscopy, affinity
chromatography, mammalian virus culture, enzyme
linked immunosorbent assay, electrophoresis and
blotting are presented. Three lecture hours weekly and
three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 201,
203, 341; CHEM 251, 261, 252, and 262, all with a C or
better. Spring annual
Pathogenic Micro
4.00
Study of the infectious agents of mammals and the
diseases that result from infection by these agents.
The course will focus on bacterial agents, their
diagnosis and treatment. The laboratory portion of the
course incorporates experiential learning of diagnosis
procedures and case studies involving examples of
pathogenic organisms. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 201, 203,
341; CHEM 251, 261, 252, and 262, all with a C or
better. Fall annually.
Cell Physiology
4.00
Study of the regulatory processes that occur within the
eukaryotic cell that govern homeostasis and allow for
adaptive change. The course will focus on membrance
biochemistry, transport, protein sorting, cell signaling,
cytoskeletal nanomotors, and cell specialization.

BIOL 551

BIOL 552

BIOL 555

BIOL 556

BIOL 559

BIOL 563

BIOL 564

The laboratory portion of the course incorporates
experiential learning of basic procedures that allow
experimentalists to uncover the workings of the
eukaryotic cell. Three lecture hours and three laboratory
hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 201, 203, 341; CHEM
251, 261, 252, and 262, all with a C or better. Spring
annually.
Adv Animal Physiology
3.00
A detailed review of the comparative physiology of
animals, including water and ion regulations, circulation,
respiration, nutrition, nervous activity, endocrine
functions, and responses to temperature, light, gases,
and pressure. Includes literature review and individual
investigations. Two lecture and three hours laboratory
weekly. Prerequisites: Cell Biology and Organic
Chemistry, or permission of instructor.
Adv Plant Physiology
3.00
Life processes and responses of plants to the
environment. Topics include water relations,
transpiration, translocation, photosynthesis, respiration,
metabolism, plant hormones and morphogenesis,
photoperiodism, temperature responses, environmental
and stress physiology. Two lecture and three lab hours
weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 201, 203, and CHEM 254.
Spring, odd-numbered years.
Endocrinology
3.00
A survey of the chemical and physiological principles of
hormonal integrations in animals. Three lecture hours
per week.
Entomology
3.00
A general study of insects, including structure,
physiology, classification, economic importance, and
relationships. Two lecture and three laboratory or field
work hours weekly. Fall, odd-numbered years.
Physiological Ecology
3.00
Nearly every habitat on earth, from thermal hot
springs to polar ice caps, is home to some form
of life. Physiological Ecology explores the biotic
and abiotic challenges to organisms imposed by
their environments and adaptations which allow
them to survive in various habitats, both in terms of
how organisms physiologically adapt to short-term
fluctuations in their environment and how adaptations
influence biogeographic distribution and evolutionary
success of various species. Topics include adaptations
related to temperature, water and salt balance, and
gas exchange. Adaptations of organisms to extreme or
unusual environments may be considered. Prerequisite:
BIOL 202, 203, 451 or instructor’s permission. Spring,
alternate years.
Behavioral Ecology
3.00
An examination of the behavior of animals in relation
to their natural environment with emphasis on
the functioning of patterns of behavior in nature,
intraspecific communication and social organization,
behavioral relationships between species, and
the regulation of behavior by the environment.
(Pymatuning)
Developmental Biology
3.00
The course focuses on the major processes in multicellular development and embryogenesis and their
underlying biochemical mechanisms. Throughout the
semester, students will study various processes, such
as cell differentiation, intra- and inter-cellular induction,
and organismal morphogenesis. The class will primarily
focus on animal or vertebrate development, though
invertebrate and plant model organisms will also be
examined. Prerequisites: BIOL 201, BIOL 203, CHEM
251, CHEM 252, CHEM 261, and CHEM 262, all with
a C or better or permission of instructor. Fall, alternate
years.

BIOL 570

Id-Quant-Bac-Fung

4.00

BIOL 571

Habitat Ecology-Aquatic
4.00
A detailed examination is made of the structure and
functioning of selected aquatic ecosystems. Emphasis
is placed on the interrelationships of functioning
systems. (3 credits at Pymatuning)

BIOL 573
BIOL 574

BIOL 575

BIOL 576

BIOL 577

BIOL 578

BIOL 579

Terrest Comm Ecology
6.00
A study of the composition, distribution, and
dynamics of plants and animals in selected terrestrial
communities. Major biomes to be included will
be grassland, deciduous forest, coniferous forest,
and tundra. Summers only: six weeks. (3 credits at
Pymatuning)
Freshwater Ecology
3.00
A field-oriented study of the physics, chemistry, and
biology of standing and flowing inland waters.
Ecol of Aquatic Insects
3.00
Examination of the ecological adaptations of aquatic
insects with special emphasis on morphology, habitat,
and trophic relationships. (Pymatuning)
Experimental Ecology
3.00
Study of designs suitable for investigation of natural
populations and communities stressing statistical
analysis, and the logical control of experiments in
natural situations. (Pymatuning)
Fungal Ecology
3.00
Emphasis will be on the role of fungi in the
decomposition of organic materials in terrestrial and
aquatic communities, and the recycling of mineral
nutrients. (Pymatuning)
Forest Ecology
4.00
An in-depth approach to the structure, function and
dynamics of forest ecosystems at multiples scales.
Lecture and discussion focuses on current topics in
forest ecology and management such as major forest
types and climate, influence of physical factors like
soils and hydrology on forest ecosystem function, the
importance of disturbance, herbivores, and pathogens
in structuring forest ecosystems, and the concept
and practice of sustainability in forest management.
Laboratory emphasizes descriptive and investigative
studies of local forest ecosystems. Two lecture and
three laboratory hours weekly.
Biome Studies
3.00
A travel-study program which offers opportunities
for study in the various biomes, e.g., grasslands,
montane, seashore, etc. Summers only. Prerequisites:
Environmental Biology or permission of instructor.
Alpine Ecology
3.00
Students travel to the Beartooth Mountains in northern
Wyoming where they may undertake field studies of
aquatic and terrestrial communities along an altitudinal
transect. Permission to register granted on an individual
basis. (Students will share cost of travel and food. Tents
and cooking facilities will be provided.) (Pymatuning)

BIOL 582

Evolution

BIOL 583

Molecular Biology
4.00
Study of the structural and functional relationships of
the major biological macromolecules, emphasizing
nucleic acid biology. Laboratory emphasizes current
systems, methods, and applications of biotechnology,
including recombinant DNA techniques. Two lecture and
four laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 201,
203, 341; CHEM 251, 261, 252, and 262, all with a C or
better. Annually.
Biotechnology
4.00
Advanced topics in the current systems, methods,
and applications of recombinant DNA and protein
biotechnology. Three lecture/discussion and three
lab hours each week. Prerequisite: BIOL 483/583 or
consent of instructor. Spring, annually.
Biogeography
3.00
The subject matter covers aspects of the distribution
of plants and animals. Main topics of concern
include interpretive approaches to biogeography,
paleobiogeographic evidence of past distributions, the
centers of origin of various groups, mechanisms and
routes of dispersal and colonization, and the dynamics
of extinction. Prerequisites: BIOL 202 and 203.
Animal Behavior
3.00
Study of the biological concepts of animal behavior.
Investigates sensory receptors, internal mechanisms,
genetics, learning and habituation, social organization,
and communication. Lecture topics include techniques
of observation and experiments in animal behavior.

BIOL 585

BIOL 591

BIOL 592

BIOL 593

BIOL 594

BIOL 597

BIOL 600
BIOL 700
BSAD 503

3.00
BSAD 540

BSAD 574

BSAD 637

Three lecture hours weekly. Prerequisites: Completion
of courses in principles of ecology and genetics or
permission of instructor. Alternate years.
Comm & Ecosys Dynamics
4.00
An in-depth approach to the structure, function,
and dynamics of ecological systems at community,
ecosystem, and landscape scales. Lecture and
discussion will focus on current topics such as niche
theory, the regulation of community structure, food
webs, ecological stability, diversity, succession, and
energy and material cycles. Laboratory will emphasize
field-based descriptive and investigative studies of local
communities and ecosystems. Three lecture and three
lab hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 202 or equivalent
is required. A basic statistics course is highly desirable.
Fall, even-numbered years.
Population Biology
3.00
This course deals with the empirical, experimental,
and theoretical aspects of the structure, growth, and
evolution of biological populations. The course will
take a holistic approach to how population genetics
and population ecology interact to produce observed
population structure and dynamics. Two hours lecture/
discussion and three lab hours weekly. Prerequisites:
BIOL 202, MATH 260, or permission of the instructor.
Spring, odd-numbered years.
Evolutionary Ecology
3.00
This course explores contemporary topics as well as
landmark contributions in ecology and evolutionary
biology. These topics are explored by readings of
research and review papers. Three hours lecture/
discussion weekly. Prerequisites: completion of courses
in each of the following: principles of ecology, evolution,
and genetics; or permission of instructor.
Special Prob in Biol
3.00
By permission.
Research & Thesis
6.00
Prerequisite: Successful oral defense of prospectus
seminar
Quant Anal for Bus Dec
3.00
Quantitative techniques and models which can be used
for solving many of the problems that arise in business.
Techniques include simple and multiple regression
analysis, experimental design and analysis of variance,
nonparametric tests, time series analysis, decision
theory. Opportunity is provided for students to become
familiar with the use of several computer statistical
software packages. Applications include domestic and
international situations. Prerequisites: MBA Foundations
courses in Economics and Business Statistics and
Business Mathematics. Basic computer competency is
required.
Legal & Ethical Environment of Business
3.00
This course is design to provide the MBA student
with an understanding of the concepts and issues
related to the management of legal, ethical and social
responsibilities of business organizations. Students
learn the basic tools needed to manage a business
in the legal environment in which it operates, to
recognize and respond to ethical problems and social
responsibilities of business, and to understand their
personal responsibilities as business managers.
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
Legal and Ethical Issues of Healthcare
3.00
This course provides an overview of the legal oversight
and regulation of the U.S. health care system. The
discussion examines the principle and practical
applications of the laws that shape the decisions of
providers, products, and markets for healthcare while
taking into consideration the social and ethical issues
that arise with policy implementation. No prior study of
law is required. Offered as needed.
Multinational Business Seminar
6.00
This course incorporates an established program
involving a consortium of American universities
called the International Business Seminar. The
program involves a variety of trips to different nations
for meetings with top-level executives of various
organizations. The program is supplemented with a
series of meetings with the instructors both before and

Course Descriptions

BIOL 572

59

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

60

Course Descriptions
Course Descriptions

after returning from the trips. Individual assignments
are made, and a text which includes topical materials
is provided. The assignments are of a graduate-level
caliber, and are expected to produce presentable
and/or publishable papers. Participation in seminars
is expected to be at the graduate level. Should the
student take this course for six credits, additional
research will be required
BSAD 661 Global Environ of Business
1.50
This course is designed to provide the MBA student
with an understanding of the concepts, tools,
and issues related to the strategic management
of a modern business organization in the
global environment. Students will be exposed
to characteristics of the international business
environment in relation to core theories of international
business. The skills needed by managers to
make informed ethical business decisions in a
diverse and complex global environment will be
stressed. Prerequisites: MBA foundation course in
Macroeconomics.
BSAD 690 Strategic Mgmt & Bus Policy
3.00
Examines the set of managerial decisions and actions
that determine the long-run performance of an
organization. Emphasizes the integrative concerns of
business policy, environmental and strategic analyses,
and creating competitive advantage. Taken last MBA
semester and after all foundation courses.
BSAD 699 Special Problems
6.00
A thorough study of a business topic selected by the
student from his or her area of major interest. It may
take the form of research, readings, practical on-site
applications, or a combination of these. Findings must
be presented in a written paper which the student
may be required to defend orally before a committee
of graduate faculty and/or graduate students.
Prerequisites: One or more graduate courses in the
area from which the special project is selected, and
consent of the student’s advisor.
CHEM 485 Prob Chem Ed
3.00
In-depth exploration of a problem area in chemistry
education according to the student’s need or interest
under the direction of a faculty member. Admission
only by consent of instructor and approval of
department chair. Prerequisite: Junior standing
or consent of the department. Not open to chemistry
majors in the liberal arts or Bachelor of Science
curriculum.
CIS 402
Data Base System Management
3.00
A study of data base management systems with
hands-on experience. Students investigate the
analysis, design, implementation, and maintenance of
a modern data base management system. Prerequisite:
CIS 301.
CIS 403
Data Communications
3.00
Focuses on the OSI model of data communications
and uses the model as the basis for discussions
of protocols, topologies, transmission media, and
communications security. The TCP/IP protocol suite is
examined in detail. Prerequisite: CIS 303.
CIS 462
Simulation/Modeling
3.00
Covers the advantages and disadvantages of using
computer simulation in modeling. Students learn
and practice techniques of computer simulation.
Prerequisites: CIS 244 or 330.
CIS 520
Intro to Data Warehousing
3.00
This course provides students with the practical
skills necessary to understand and implement a
data warehouse to support decision-making. Data
warehouse development methodology and issues
surrounding the planning of the data warehouse will
be investigated as well as data quality and metadata
in the data warehouse. A hands-on project is required
including the analysis, transformation and loading of
data into a data warehouse and the development of the
data architecture and physical design. Prerequisite: CIS
402 (or similar) or permission of Instructor. Offered fall
semesters.

Clarion University

CIS 570

Project Management
3.00
Introduces students to basic project management
concepts and reinforces those concepts through
the use of project management software. Provides
students with the knowledge and skills necessary
to plan, organize and control projects. Key topics
include monitoring and controlling schedules, progress
reporting, risk management, quality management, cost
management as well as contracting and procurement.
Graduate students will analyze a case study; present
it to the class; and provide a 10-15 page written
report on the case study analysis to the instructor.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor or MGMT 500.
CIS 649
Ed Tech Leadership
3.00
Involves a survey or various theories, models, and
styles of leadership, followed by the application of
leadership skills in teacher-pupil, teacher-colleague,
teacher-administrator relationships and how those
relationships are affected by the use of technology in
schools and how technology, in turn, impacts these
roles. Summer, annually.
CIS 650
Adv Technology Applications
3.00
This course develops advanced skills to support
instructional technology programs. Coursework
will cover areas such as advanced microcomputer
applications, internet concepts as they apply to
instructional technology, and PC operating system
issues related to instructional technology. The focus
will be on computers and related technologies used in
educational and training environments. Prerequisite:
COMM 545, or permission of instructor. Summers/
spring annually.
CIS 651
Deploying Info Tech Infras
3.00
Focuses on the strategies involved in the provisioning
and maintenance of information technology
infrastructure. Provides students with the knowledge
and skills necessary to plan, organize, implement and
control information technology resources. Key topics
include identifying information infrastructure; defining
the range of information technology leadership roles;
and illustrating current best practices for managing
information technology assets. Offered annually.
CMST 602 Seminar Conflict Resolution
3.00
This course is designed to help students develop
strong communication skills for reacting, interacting,
and intervening in conflict situations. It offers a
summary and synthesis of research and theory on
conflict that guides communication choices for
effectively responding to conflict in any environment
across personal relationships, small group interactions,
management and labor, public administration, and
education.
CMST 603 Organizational Communication
3.00
This course is designed to help students develop
communication skills that enable them to become
change masters in the organizations and work groups
they are part of. Students will learn an analytical
framework to identify key decision variables, and ways
of behaving and communicating that allow people in
organizations to make and implement good decisions
fast. The course introduces students to issues such
as the function of communication in organizational
planning, strategy, and marketing; the role of
communication in organizational transformation and
change; the politics of communication in organizations;
communication issues in collaboration and negotiation;
communication leadership; managing email and written
communication; risk comm
COM 431
Public Relations Ethics
3.00
Addresses ethics and professional responsibility in
public relations. Through study of theory, cases and
current events, students will learn to identify the
ethical and moral dimensions of issues that arise in
the practice of public relations. Students will gain
the knowledge and skills necessary to reach and
justify ethical decisions, and a sense of personal and
professional responsibility. Prerequisites: COM 140,
COM 315 and COM 443, with a grade of C or above in
each course. Annually

COM 443

COM 524

COM 525

COM 551

COM 552

COM 558

COM 559

COM 572

COM 573

Adv Media Writing
3.00
Extensive work in research, writing, and marketing of
written products for magazines, newspapers, and other
publications. Requires selection and acquisition of
appropriate photographs and graphics to complement
the articles. Prerequisites: COM 140. Spring, annually.
Public Relations Writing
3.00
Provides students with instruction and experience
in writing for the public relations and advertising
professions. Projects include news releases, media
kits, advertisements, newsletters, brochures, and web
pages. Coursework also stresses ethical and legal
responsibilities of the public relations writer, research,
persuasion, and visual elements of communication.
Prerequisites: COM 100 and 140.
Crit Analy of Mass Media
3.00
This course focuses on critical frames of analysis
applied to various mass media messages, such as
film, recordings, television, and print media. Rhetorical,
semiotic, idealogical, and dramatistic modes of analysis
are applied in historical and current media contexts.
Focus may be made on a specific medium.
Mass Communication Theory
3.00
This course provides introduction and examination
of the major theories relevant in the study of mass
communication. Students understand the application
and relevance of these theories in the industries,
practices and effects of the mass media.
Public Relations Foundations
3.00
Focuses on the roles and responsibilities of public
relations professionals, theories and principles of public
relations, and public relations programming. Students
will work to develop knowledge, expertise and skills
that lead to professional competence in the field. As
part of their study, students will also consider the legal
and ethical dimensions of public relations.
Journalism Foundations
3.00
Provides students with a historical, theoretical
and practical overview of the traditional principles
and practices of journalism and an analysis of the
applicability of those characteristics in today’s media
environment. This course will focus on a critical
examination of the history, principles and practices of
American journalism. It will address the functions of
the press in a democratic society, and students will
examine the structure and nature of the press and
media’s relationship with government and the public.
Society, Law & Media Tch
3.00
This course will examine the social impact and
regulation of media technology in society. The course
will explore the relationships between societal uses
of media technology, the law that addresses media
technology issues and the role of media in larger
communication and mass media systems. Every other
year.
Mgmt Comm Process
3.00
This course will define and apply the general principles
of management-planning, organizing, staffing, directing
and controlling - to the design and administration of
communication organizations and communication
functions. This course relates behavioral variables to
the understanding and motivation of employees.
Design Www Media
3.00
This course will prepare students to design web-based
media. Students will learn to structure web sites, layout
copy, use color and text effectively, position images,
and deploy sound and video on pages as necessary.
Publ Relat Ethics & Prof Resp
3.00
Addresses the ethical and moral dimensions of the
public relations practice, and prepares students to
understand the ethical responsibilities of the public
relations professional. Through case studies, analysis
of current events, and hands-on exercises, this course
provides students with the knowledge and skills
necessary to reach and justify ethical decisions in a
range of situations. Throughout, students work to build
a sense of personal and professional responsibility in
public relations. Prerequisite: COM 551.

COM 574

COM 575

COM 591

COM 599

COM 602

COM 603

COM 621

Publ Rela Cases & Campaigns
3.00
Using public relations cases and campaigns as
models, this course examines the development of
public relations strategies along with the tactical
communications and actions that were instituted to
achieve organizational goals. Public relations programs
directed toward employees, the news media, the
community, the consumer, governmental officials and
agencies, stockholders and other relevant groups are
included in the course. Prerequisite: COM 551.
Principles of Integrated Communications
3.00
This course examines the theories and techniques of
integrated communications, including public relations,
advertising, marketing, sales promotions, and personal
selling. It explores how all forms of communications
work together to achieve organizational objectives
and contribute to its overall brand. In this course,
students will also learn how to research and evaluate
a company’s marketing and promotional situation, and
use this information to develop effective integrated
communications strategies and programs. Prerequisite:
COM 551.
Independent Study
2.00
Allows the imaginative student to structure an
independent research project in the area of
communication with a minimum of faculty supervision.
A proposal specifying objectives, methods, and
evaluation techniques must be submitted and approved
by the student’s advisor prior to enrolling in the course.
1 or 2 credit hours.
Special Topics
3.00
Focuses on a single, broad contemporary topic of
current interest in communication and related fields.
Course content varies from semester to semester.
Topics to be considered will be announced in advance.
May be taken three times for credit. No prerequisite.
Seminar Conflict Resolution
3.00
This course is designed to help students develop strong
communication skills for reacting, interacting, and
intervening in conflict situations. It offers a summary and
synthesis of research and theory on conflict that guides
communication choices for effectively responding
to conflict in any environment across personal
relationships, small group interactions, management and
labor, public administration, and education.
Organizational Communication
3.00
This course is designed to help students develop
communication skills that enable them to become
change masters in the organizations and work groups
they are part of. Students will learn an analytical
framework to identify key decision variables, and ways
of behaving and communicating that allow people in
organizations to make and implement good decisions
fast. The course introduces students to issues such
as the function of communication in organizational
planning, strategy, and marketing; the role of
communication in organizational transformation and
change; the politics of communication in organizations;
communication issues in collaboration and negotiation;
communication leadership; managing email and written
communication; risk communication; cross-cultural
communication; and communication ethics. The course
also introduces students to a range of qualitative
and quantitative research methods for analyzing and
assessing communication in organizations.
Mass Comm Research
3.00
Examines research in mass communication and
develops competencies in research methods.
Topics include statistical analysis, experimental
and survey research methods in communication,
content analysis, and evaluation of mass media
technology in communication. Examines research in
mass communication and develops competencies
in research methods. Topics include statistical
analysis, experimental and survey research methods
in communication, content analysis, and evaluation of
mass media technology in communication.

Course Descriptions

COM 441

61

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

62

Course Descriptions

COM 642

COM 650

COM 651

COM 700

CSD 472

Course Descriptions

CSD 500

CSD 505

CSD 510

Clarion University

Adv Public Relations Writing
3.00
Provides advanced instruction in writing for the public
relations profession. Focuses on the methodology
and execution of specific projects including news
releases and media kits, crisis communication plans,
backgrounders, annual reports, feature stories,
speeches and presentations, and websites. Stresses
planning and research, message strategy, and ethical
and legal responsibilities. Students will produce written
pieces suitable for a professional portfolio. Prerequisite:
MMAJ 551
Adv Technology Applications
3.00
This course develops advanced skills to support
instructional technology programs. Coursework
will cover areas such as advanced microcomputer
applications, internet concepts as they apply to
instructional technology, and PC operating system
issues related to instructional technology. The focus
will be on computers and related technologies used in
educational and training environments. Prerequisite:
COMM 545, or permission of instructor. Summers/
spring annually.
Deploying Info Tech Infras
3.00
Focuses on the strategies involved in the provisioning
and maintenance of information technology
infrastructure. Provides students with the knowledge
and skills necessary to plan, organize, implement and
control information technology resources. Key topics
include identifying information infrastructure; defining
the range of information technology leadership roles;
and illustrating current best practices for managing
information technology assets. Offered annually.
Graduate Capstone Project
6.00
Requires the student to complete either a thesis,
internship, or portfolio graduate capstone project in
communication under the supervision of a faculty
member and committee. Permission to enroll in this
capstone project is by invitation of the graduate faculty
in the Department of Communication. Three or six
credits a semester for an overall total of six credits.
Prerequisite: COM 621.
Sem In Speech Science
3.00
Begins with a review of the speech mechanism as a
servosystem and transducer, and basic knowledge of
the physics of sound. Focuses on the concept that the
speech mechanism is a chain of events physiologically,
acoustically, and perceptually. Examines each link
in this chain of events in terms of basic knowledge,
pertinent research, and each link’s contribution to the
speech chain as a whole. Prerequisite: CSD 156.
Aphasia
3.00
A comprehensive study of the neuroanatomical
implications related to acquired aphasia (dysphasia)
in adulthood, although study of the symptoms
and treatment of both sensory states and motor
disturbances in aphasia is made. The current literature
is reviewed and facilities are investigated. Opportunities
are provided for the student to participate in individual
and group therapy, and for visits to centers where these
types of problems are diagnosed and treated. Guidance
and counseling are provided to design an independent
study in this area.
Artic & Phono Diso Child
3.00
Articulatory and phonological features of the American
English sound system are examined in relation to
other developing linguistic functions. The assessment
of disordered articulatory and phonological behavior
is stressed, and differential diagnosis is emphasized.
Based upon several traditional and current theoretical
models, possibilities for therapeutic interventions are
presented.
Sem in Neuropathology
3.00
A comprehensive study of pathologies of the central
nervous system. Methods for identifying and treating
speech, language, and communication problems
associated with progressive and non-progressive
neurological disorders are explored. Neuropathologies
studied include dementia, syndromes associated with
right-hemisphere lesions, and deficits subsequent
to closed-head injury. A unit on normal swallow and

CSD 512

CSD 513

CSD 515

CSD 520

CSD 522
CSD 525

CSD 530

CSD 533

CSD 534

CSD 535

CSD 540

dysphagia is included in the course. Opportunity will
be provided for independent investigation and clinical
participation.
Clinical Practice I
1.00
Course entails practice, under supervision, in
assessment and management of individuals with
disorders of speech language or hearing.
Comm Disorders Mult Population
1.00
Emphasizes nature and treatment of communication
disorders in culturally and linguistically diverse
populations. The scope of practice and role of speechlanguage pathologists with bilingual/bicultural clients
with and without speech and language disorders will
be addressed. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Fall
semester, annually
Maxillofacial Anomalies
3.00
A comprehensive study of clinical diagnosis and
treatment of patients with communicative disorders
related to clefting and/or associated syndromes.
Current research regarding anatomy and physiology of
the palate and velopharyngeal structures for speech
production is detailed. The genetics of clefting and
associated syndromes is discussed. Special attention
is directed to early growth and development of
infants with clefts. Opportunities for observation of a
craniofacial team multidisciplinary evaluations and team
planning are provided in medical settings.
Lang Disorders in Child
3.00
Models of the language function with their justifications
are identified and critically analyzed. A review of
normal language development is included to provide
comparison with deviations. Diagnostic procedures
utilized with language disorders in children are
investigated; therapeutic means to influence them will
be presented. Differential diagnostic specifics of certain
language disorders such as those associated with
deafness, autism, mental retardation, and language
learning disabilities are included.
Clinical Externship
12.00
Supervised observation of and participation in school
and/or clinic environments. Prerequisite: CSD 540.
Stuttering
3.00
Emphasizes investigation of the major theories
and therapies of stuttering. Theories of etiology
and of development of stuttering are included. The
development of an understanding of stuttering behavior
and similar speech behavior is included. Management
strategies and therapies are also investigated.
Voice
3.00
Includes the study of human voice and its
manifestations across the life span. Students will be
acquainted with new developments, issues, and trends
that cover the entire spectrum of voice perception and
production, including vocal development and life span
changes, and the continuum of voice production from
disorders through superior performance. Focus will
include pathophysiology of disorders, instrumental and
noninstrumental assessment, interdisciplinary team
management, and treatment.
Instrm & Psychoacoustics
6.00
Deals with instruments used in a speech and
hearing program and also covers basic principles
of hearing science. Provides some information on
psychoacoustics. Spring, annually.
Otolaryngology
1.00
An introduction to the profession of otolaryngology.
The course is taught by a board-certified physician and
offered once a year.
Audiology Seminar I
6.00
Course is divided into two three-credit seminars. The
first covers etiologies of hearing loss and disorders of
the central auditory system, the effects of hearing loss
on communication, diagnosis and clinical methods. The
second covers aural rehabilitation procedures.
Clinical Practice
6.00
This course entails practice, under supervision, in
applying theory to the assessment and management of
individuals from preschool through adulthood having
significant disorders of speech, hearing, or language.
The clinical experience is relatively independent in the

CSD 554

CSD 560

CSD 575

CSD 589

CSD 590

CSD 592

CSD 598

CSD 599

DA 530

DA 540

DA 550

DA 560

DA 570

Analytical Methods and Optimization
3.00
This course is an introduction to core quantitative
methods for decision making. The course will cover
optimization methods, Monte Carlo analysis, decision
analysis, and methods to evaluate decisions ex post.
The course will also introduce students to various
scientific computing languages used in these tasks
such as python/numphy/scipy., SAS, R, Julia, and Stata
among others. An integral part of this course is the
application of database knowledge learned in the prior
courses in the program. All data in this course will be
stored in an appropriate relational (SQL) or document
oriented (NoSQL) database. Students will then query
the database for the data they will use in their analyses.
This thorough incorporation of database methods into
the course makes this offering substantially different
from any other non-analytics courses offered at Clarion
University. Prerequisite: ECON 221 or equivalent, PreCo-requisite: CIS 240G, CIS 520.
Applied Data Mining
3.00
This course covers applied data mining methods
on large data sets. Particular methods covered are
principal components analysis, survival analysis,
clustering, factor analysis, and other methods of
dimension reduction. An integral part of this course
is the application of database knowledge learned
in the prior courses in the program. All data in this
course will be stored in an appropriate relational (SQL)
or document oriented (NoSQL) database. Students
will then query the database for the data they will
use in their analyses. This thorough incorporation of
database methods into the course makes this offering
substantially different from any other non-analytics
courses offered at Clarion University. Prerequisite: DA
520 and CIS 520.
Predictive Analytics
3.00
This course covers various methods of classification
and prediction. In particular, the course covers neural
net models, machine earning, support vector machines,
logit/probit regressions, nonparametric regression
models, and advanced time series methods, among
other topics. Time series methods will include filtering
algorithms which update predictions with new data and
the use of large cross-section and time series data sets.
Prerequisite or Co-requisite: CIS 520, DA 530.
Data Visualization
3.00
This course covers the goals and methods of
data visualization. Specifically, the course covers
visualization for exploratory data analysis, decision
making, and exposition. The course also covers
interactive graphics, with particular attention to those
viewed and manipulated through the web browser,
and graphics for large datasets. All data in this course
will be stored in an appropriate relational (SQL) of
document oriented (NoSQL) database. Students
will then query the database for the data they will
use in their analyses. This thorough incorporation of
database methods into the course makes this offering
substantially different from any other non-analytics
courses offered at Clarion University. Prerequisite: DA
550.
Big Data Analytics
3.00
This course covers methods to store and analyze
large datasets (‘Big Data’). Particular focus will be
on Hadoop, and MapReduce technology. Further,
the course covers No SQL, Key-value, concepts
for handling unstructured data. There will be select
topics for analytics on ‘Big Data’. An integral part of
this course is the application of database knowledge
learned in the prior courses in the program. All data in
this course will be stored in an appropriate relational
(SQL) or document oriented (NoSQL) database.
Students will then query the database for the data they
will use in their analyses. This thorough incorporation of
database methods into the course makes this offering
substantially different from any other non-analytics
courses Offered at Clarion University. Prerequisite: DA
550.

Course Descriptions

CSD 550

assessment, organizing, and carrying out of effective
plans of therapy. The student should demonstrate an
interdisciplinary approach and be able to generalize
on the area of the disorder treated, as well as deal
appropriately with the specific clients treated.
Motor Speech Disorders
3.00
Explores the causes, nature, and dynamics of both
developmental and acquired forms of the motor speech
disorders of apraxia and dysarthria. The specific nature
of speech disturbances associated with lesions of
the motor system and current diagnostic protocols
and management strategies associated with each
identified.
Professional Practicum
3.00
Explores current issues and trends in the practice
of speech-language pathology. Includes licensure,
certification and specialty recognition. Emphasizes
ethical/legal restrictions and obligations that influence
professional practitioners.
Counseling in Comm Disorders
3.00
Emphasizes the application of counseling strategies
in the administration of diagnostic and therapeutic
services as they relate to the field of communication
disorders. Addresses counseling strategies relative to
the nature of the communicative disorder and cultural
background of the client. Annually.
Augmentative & Altern Comm
3.00
This course is designed to introduce the student to
various augmentative/alternative communication
systems prevalent in the field. Current and
comprehensive information relative to type of
disorder, diagnosis, and treatment will be discussed.
An emphasis will be placed on the application of
unique criteria in diagnostics and the administration
of competent and flexible management strategies in
rehabilitation. Fall, annually.
Research Meth Comm Disorders
3.00
Research literature and methods in communication
disorders with an emphasis on research design and
application.
Research
6.00
Students may complete a study in speech or language
pathology and audiology or related areas under the
supervision of a staff member. Students may select the
thesis option in which six credits are required. Students
may select the research option in which three or six
credits culminate in a written report presented to the
faculty advisor. Types of investigations which might
be completed are original studies, comprehensive
literature reviews, replication of studies, or completion
of a portion of a larger study. Students must fill out
independent study forms with their research advisor
before registering for CSD 590.
Dysphagia
3.00
Presents an introduction to swallowing disorders
including basic terminology, anatomical and
physiological etiologies, and current assessment
and management procedures, with special attention
to laryngectomized and tracheotomized patients.
Discusses the competencies, responsibilities, and roles
of the speech pathologist in various clinical settings,
as well as risk factors involved in patient care. Provides
observations and experiential learning situations.
Special Topics
6.00
Topics in various areas of speech pathology and
audiology. The format used will be selected by the
professor as most suitable to the study. The course
may be offered on request of students, subject to
the availability of staff. Enrollment by consent of the
instructor. On demand.
Independent Study Csd
3.00
Designed to provide students with an opportunity to
explore an area of special need or interest in speech
pathology and audiology in depth under the supervision
of a member of the department. Students must develop
a proposed study plan and secure the approval of
the proposed director and department chair prior to
registration. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 semester
hours.

63

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

64

Course Descriptions

DA 580

ECH 413

ECH 420

ECH 500

Course Descriptions

ECH 501

ECH 502

ECH 503

Clarion University

Analytics Capstone
3.00
This capstone course in the Masters in Data Analytics
program incorporates skills learned throughout the
program into real-world analytics project. An integral
part of this course is the application of database
knowledge learned in the prior courses in the program.
All data in this course will be stored in an appropriate
relational (SQL) or document oriented (NoSQL)
database. Students will then query the database for
the data they will use in their analyses. This thorough
incorporation of database methods into the course
makes this offering substantially different from any other
non-analytics courses offered at Clarion University.
Prerequisite: DA 560 and DA 570.
Leadership in Early Childhood Settings
3.00
Explores knowledge and skills needed to be a leader in
early childhood. Emphasis will be placed on developing
and managing a caring learning environment that
enhances positive interactions among children, parents,
staff, instructional teams, and community members.
Focus will be on leadership skills in advocacy for
families and educational and social systems, and other
issues related to families and young children. Grantwriting, advocacy and ethics of professionalism will also
be explored. Field experience will consist of a “Stand
for Children” advocacy project. Prerequisites: ECH
231, ECH 235, ECH 323, ECH 245, ECH 260. Taken
concurrently with ECH 301, ECH 310, ECH 322, ECH
323, ECH 325. Each semester.
Iss & Advocacy in Ech Ed
3.00
Examines incidental learning of children through
their interactions with the people and society’s major
institutions. In-depth exploration of the family as a
diverse and primary institution influencing children and
the interface with the educational and social systems.
Analyzes current issues and public policies as related to
systems theory. Topics vary by semester. Emphasizes
advocacy and ethics of professionals to help young
children cope with issues that affect them and will
contribute to institutional change to meet the needs of
young children. Prerequisite: ECH 322 and ECH 413.
Annually.
Early Childhood Foundations
3.00
This course is designed to provide an overview of the
early childhood profession, child development theory,
historical contexts of early childhood, early childhood
learning environments and curriculum. The focus is to
provide a foundation for early childhood professionals
in order to be able to enhance and support children’s
learning and development through developmentally
appropriate pedagogy. Emphasizes the roles of early
childhood professions, including legal and ethical
responsibilities. Requires participation with children
of different age groups in a variety of early childhood
settings. Fall semester or as needed.
Early Child Curr & Instruct
3.00
Early Childhood Curriculum and Instruction focuses
on developmentally appropriate curriculum design
and implementation and the Pennsylvania Standards
Aligned System, including the Common Core for
infants, toddlers, and young children. Emphasis will
be given to teaching to enhance development and
learning, constructing appropriate curriculum, creating
a caring community of learners, and establishing
reciprocal relationships with families. Offered on
demand.
Early Child Curr & Assessment
3.00
Early Childhood Curriculum and Assessment will focus
on the assessment of individual infants, toddlers, and
young children’s development and learning as an
essential component of planning and implementing
appropriate curriculum. The importance of the learning
community and family relationships to appropriate
assessment will be emphasized. Action research will
be conducted utilizing developmentally appropriate
assessment practices. Prerequisite: ECH 501. Summer,
on demand.
Early Childhood Curriculum Content
3.00
Early Childhood Curriculum Content will focus on the
content related to areas of creative arts, health and

ECH 505

ECH 510

ECH 512

ECH 520

ECON 461

ECON 470

ECON 490

ECON 499

wellness, science, social studies, mathematics and
technology. Emphasis will be on developmentally
effective presentation of the content areas,
including play, and integration of the content areas.
Class participants will use standards to plan content
related learning experiences for children. Requires
implementing content-related learning experiences for
young children of different age groups in a variety of
early childhood settings.
Healthy Infant, Toddler & Chld
3.00
Exploration of the factors that effect and support
the development of a healthy lifestyle in infants,
toddlers, and young children. Knowledge and skills
will be developed in understanding and appreciating
foundations and development of movement, heal th and
safety issues, programmatic development, and building
partnerships. Summer, on demand.
Leadership in Ech Ed & Care
3.00
Leadership in Early Childhood Education and Care
will explore and develop the key components in the
design of a quality early childhood program and
in the development of visionary leadership skills.
Participants will be guided through the areas of need
assessment, licensing and accreditation procedures,
financial matters, curriculum, environment, policies,
management skills, community support, and staff
development and mentoring. Summer, on demand.
Sprt Chil In Homes,Sch & Comm
3.00
This course will examine the factors in families and
society that influence young children as they grow.
Students will review data and current trends and
identify successful models of supporting children
and families. Various cultures, family forms, learning
styles and physical and mental abilities will be studied.
Emphasis will be placed on collaboration between
schools, homes and communities.
Issues and Advocacy in Early Childhood
Education
3.00
Examines incidental learning of children through
their interactions with the people and society’s major
institutions. In-depth exploration of the family as a
diverse and primary institution influencing children and
the interface with the educational and social systems.
Analyzes current issues and public policies as related to
systems theory. Topics vary by semester. Emphasizes
advocacy and ethics of professional to help young
children cope with issues that affect them and will
contribute to institutional change to meet the needs of
young children. Annually
Int’l Fin Econ & Capital Mkts
3.00
An applied analysis of international economics and
the behavior of multinational corporations, with a
special emphasis on the economics of technology
transfer. Topics include: theory of the firm; foreign
direct investment; intellectual property rights; market
imperfections; international trade; international finance;
economic development; and technology transfer.
Prerequisite: ECON 361, or consent of the instructor.
Spring, biennially.
Business Cycles and Forecastng
3.00
Explores theories of business fluctuations;
applications of modern income theory to business
cycles; examination of business cycle indicators and
forecasting techniques. Prerequisites: ECON 211 and
222, or consent of the instructor. Spring, annually.
Hist of Econ Thgt
3.00
Examines development of economic ideas from ancient
times to the present. Emphasizes the period from Adam
Smith onward. Considers the economic and political
environment in which ideas emerged as well as the
leading economists advancing or defending the ideas.
Prerequisites: ECON 211 and 212 and senior standing.
Spring, annually.
Research Methods in Economics and
Business
3.00
This course covers the basic steps and process of
conducting applied economic and business research.
The purpose of this course is to help students learn the
basics of how to actively develop and pursue a research
agenda with the ultimate goal to create a publishable

ECON 500

ECON 501

ECON 502

ECON 503

ECON 504

ECON 505

ECON 510

ECON 570

indicator analysis, classical time series components,
econometric forecasting techniques, exponential
smoothing models, and ARIMA models. Emphasis
is placed on model development and evaluation
using pre-written computer forecasting routines.
Prerequisites: ECON 222 and macroeconomics
foundation course.
ECON 600 Independent Study
3.00
An opportunity for the graduate student to investigate
in depth a facet of economics not covered by course
offerings. The topic of study and course requirements
must be approved by the Department of Economics
chair, and the work must be supervised by a faculty
member. Prerequisites: ECON 603, ECON 510 or ECON
611, and other requirements as deemed appropriate by
the faculty supervisor.
ECON 611 Advanced Micro Economics Analysis
3.00
An advanced study of the logical and mathematical
development of microeconomic theories and the
application of economic models to business problems.
Major areas of study include demand theory, market
models, welfare economics, and general equilibrium
analysis. Prerequisite: Microeconomics foundation
course.
ECON 612 Advanced Macroeconomics
3.00
An advanced study and analytical development of
macroeconomic theory. Major areas include national
income accounts, aggregate income determination
models, monetary aggregates, and macro dynamics.
Prerequisite: Macroeconomics foundation course.
ECON 615 Graduate Health Economics
3.00
This course provides a comprehensive overview of
topics related to the workings of health care markets
and determinants of health in high-income countries,
particularly the United States health care system. The
course aims to give students an understanding of the
complex interaction between business, government,
the economy, science, and medicine. It will advance
learning by exploring the policy trade-offs and
economic implications of alternative ways of organizing
health insurance and health delivery. Major topics
covered will include economic analyses of health care
reform, discussion of markets for health professionals
and health care providers, international health system
comparisons, healthcare delivery models, government
insurance programs.
ECON 699 Special Topics
3.00
An opportunity for students to investigate specific
topics or current issues on the graduate level.
Prerequisites depend on the subject to be covered.
ED 403
Field Exp & Meth Envr Ed
3.00
Focuses on methods used to teach environmental
knowledge, concepts, and concerns, including the
history and research in environmental education.
Examines the relationship of all curriculum areas to
environmental education. May be taken for graduate
credit with the approval of the Education Department
chair and the instructor. McKeever Center in Sandy
Lake, PA, will be a site for this course. Offered for two
weeks at a time during Summer Pre-session.
ED 414
Literacy Training
3.00
Enables student volunteers to teach in literacy
programs aimed at adult and secondary school learners
in different settings. Integrates basic methods for
instruction in vocabulary, comprehensive study skills,
and writing with the aim of fostering an appreciation for
reading. Open to all university students regardless of
major. Prerequisites: 2.50 QPA minimum, sophomore or
above standing, and consent of instructor.
ED 500
Foundations of Distance Learning
3.00
This course provides the basic information you need
to become a knowledgeable distance education
educator. The course will cover theory and research
that influences distance learning, the practical skills
and knowledge needed to function in a distance
learning environment, and will explore management and
administrative issues that arise in distance education
learning environments. Prerequisite: Admission to MED
Program or Ed Certification Program. Offered each fall.

Course Descriptions

research paper and present in a research colloquium
(and possibly a competitive research conference).
The first part of the course will focus on a discussion
of haw to do economics and business research by
formally talking about it and critically reading research
in the student’s chosen discipline. students will take an
active role by presenting short research summaries of
journal articles and be expected to provide a series of
questions to generate class discussion. The first part
of this course will also be devoted to applied research
is conducted in terms of topic selection, literature
review and survey, selection of research method and
data acquisition, and appropriate statistical analysis.
The last part of this course will be run as a seminar
with individual research development as the primary
objective. One seminar meeting per week will occur
with the remaining time filled with individual student
meetings to discuss progress on the research paper.
Students will be required to present their final paper at a
colloquium open to the academic community at the end
of the semester and submit a proposal for presentation
at a regional conference. Prerequisite: ECON 222 and
junior standing. Offered each semester.
Prin of Economics (Honors)
2.00
This course is an accelerated combination of
Economics 211 and Economics 212. Topics covered are
national income analysis, money and banking, monetary
and fiscal policies, inflation, unemployment, consumer
behavior and demand, organization of production,
market structures, the pricing of inputs and outputs,
and international trade.
Principles of Macroeconomics
2.00
Introduces macroeconomics, national income analysis,
money and banking, monetary and fiscal policies,
inflation, unemployment, and international finance.
Principles of Microeconomics
2.00
Introduces microeconomics, consumer behavior and
demand, organization of production, market structures,
the pricing of inputs and outputs, and international
trade.
Economics & Business Statistics (Honors)
2.00
This course is an accelerated combination of
Economics 221 and Economics 222. Topics covered
are descriptive statistics, probability, probability
distributions, mathematical expectation, sampling
distributions, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing,
the analysis of variance and covariance, regression
and correlation analysis, nonparametric statistics, and
time series analysis. Applications of these techniques
in the area of business and economics are emphasized.
Statistical computer routines will be used. This
course cannot be used to meet general education
requirements.
Economics & Business Statistics I
2.00
Covers descriptive statistics, probability, probability
distributions, mathematical expectation, sampling
distributions, and confidence intervals. Emphasizes
application of these statistical techniques in the areas of
business and economics. Prerequisites: College algebra
or equivalent.
Economics & Business Statistics II
2.00
Covers hypothesis testing, the analysis of variance,
regression and correlation analysis, non-parametric
statistics, and time series and index numbers analysis.
Emphasizes applications of these techniques in the
area of business and economics. Introduces students to
the use of a pre-written computer statistical estimation
program. Prerequisite: ECON 221 or ECON 504.
Adv Managerial Econ
1.50
This course will focus on the development and practical
application of theoretical and quantitative techniques
to business decision-making, including international
applications. Optimization techniques draw on the
student’s knowledge of economics, mathematics, and
statistics through modeling and the use of computer
statistical packages. Prerequisite: Microeconomics
foundation course, ECON 222, MATH 232.
Econ & Bus Forecasting
3.00
An advanced study of forecasting techniques and
business conditions analysis. Topics include: economic

65

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

66

Course Descriptions

ED 501

ED 502

ED 505

ED 506

ED 507

ED 509

Course Descriptions

ED 512

ED 513

Clarion University

Sem in Critical Ed Issue
3.00
This course examines the current critical educational
issues with special emphasis on school funding, legal
issues, gender equity, curriculum and cultural issues,
and school reform.
Creative Response to Conflict
3.00
A study of the current research in the development of
a classroom environment which fosters cooperation,
communication, affirmation, and problem-solving for
children as well as for teachers, staff, instructional
teams, parents, support personnel, and other adults.
Emphasizes human capabilities for resolving conflicts
at various life stages and situations. Examines a range
of discipline models as their implementation relates to
the classroom environment. (Designed to be taken in
conjunction with student teaching in the undergraduate
program, or as an elective in the master’s program.)
Elective course in either the undergraduate or graduate
program. Prerequisite: ED 121 or 122 for undergraduate
credit. Summer session only, on demand.
Tch Content to Eng Lang Learn
3.00
Introduces participants to background, methods, and
strategies needed to effectively teach content to English
language learners. Explores importance of native
support in achieving academic success and teacher’s
role in building a safe classroom where diversity of
languages and cultures are welcomed and encouraged.
Requires active participation through class discussion,
evaluation and development of materials and
instructional plans. Prerequisite: ED 524 or equivalent
Gender Issues in Ed
3.00
Examines the ways in which schools perpetuate gender
bias and how educational institutions, as a reflection
of the patriarchal society in which they exist, provide
different experiences and outcomes for female and
male students and teachers. Prerequisite: ED 110 or
WS 100 or consent of instructor.
Assessment for Online Learning
3.00
This course will focus on the use of performance-based
assessments and summative and formative assessment
methods used in online learning environments. The
course will include best practices for grading online,
plagiarism, evaluation tools, rubrics for online portfolios,
and record keeping. Prerequisite: ED 500.
Fld Based Multicul Ed: Obs Urb
3.00
Provides opportunities for pre-service teachers, both
elementary and secondary education majors, and both
undergraduate and graduate students, to observe
and participate in urban classrooms. Students travel
in university vehicles to visit schools in major urban
areas and spend a minimum of five consecutive days
participating in urban classrooms. Prerequisite: juniorlevel standing or consent of instructor. Offered each
year during Summer Pre-session, on demand.
Educational Psychology
3.00
This graduate level education course is designed
to explore the art and science of how people learn.
Although this is applicable to all ages, ED 512
specifically targets the learning needs of adolescents.
Featuring both Middle and Secondary level educational
settings, ED 512 seeks to provide the graduate learner
with a broader understanding of the developmental
characteristics and unique challenges adolescents
face. Building upon an understanding of adolescence,
ED 512 provides answers to the question: how do
adolescents learn best? Demonstrating a highly
engaging and relevant pedogogy, ED 512 provides the
student with specific strategies to manage adolescent
behavior, create classroom cultures conducive to
learning, deconstruct lessons
Advanced Techniques for Online Teaching 3.00
This course builds upon the fundamental concepts
and structures of online teaching and learning. This
course addresses the advanced teaching and learning
applications of a Learning Management System. The
course will explore and implement techniques for online
instructions such as using a variety of online tools,
technologies, and web 2.0 tools, to help instructors
transfer knowledge most effectively in the online
environment. Prerequisite: ED 500. Offered in Fall and
Summer.

ED 517

ED 518

ED 520

ED 521

ED 522

ED 523

ED 524

ED 526

Educational Comp Applica
3.00
This course is designed to provide in-service educators
(K-12) who have had little or no computer experience
with the knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary
to use microcomputers as instructional tools in their
classrooms. While acquiring computer skills, students
will explore, use, and demonstrate competence in each
of the following areas: word processing, databases,
spreadsheets, graphics, multimedia, instructional
design, telecommunications, and major issues
associated with the use of technology in education.
This course will provide in-service teachers with
the knowledge base to make appropriate decisions
regarding the use of technology in their respective
classrooms. Not available to students who have taken
ED 217 since summer 1994
Teaching Secondary Lang Arts
3.00
Prepares Language Arts candidates in methods
appropriate for secondary school teaching. Emphasizes
constructivist approaches to teaching, reading, writing,
speaking, listening, viewing, and thinking. Incorporates
planning, curriculum development, assessment, and
evaluation in specifically language arts environments.
Includes observations and teaching experiences in
schools. Prerequisite: ED 524
Intro to Research
3.00
This seminar course covers the selection, investigation,
and writing of a research topic. Students are introduced
to the planning of research projects, major methods
of obtaining data, descriptive statistics, statistical
inferences, methods of analysis and critical evaluation
of published research, and the preparation of written
reports. Proposed research problems and procedures
are prepared for discussion and critical analysis.
Offered Each semester and summer.
Inst Leadership Skills
3.00
This course involves a survey of various theories,
models, and styles of leadership, followed by the
application of leadership skills in teacher-pupil and
teacher-colleague relationships.
Analysis of Teaching
3.00
This course presents an analysis of various teaching
models and instructional designs. Videotaped
lessons and clinical/field experiences applying course
competencies will be critiqued by faculty and peers.
Offered fall semester only.
Curr Develop & Eval
3.00
Presents philosophic, psychological, and social
foundations of the school curriculum as well as
principles of curriculum development, curriculum
design, curriculum implementation, and curriculum
evaluation with an emphasis on K-12 models. A range
of views both historical and current is presented along
with curriculum issues, trends and future directions.
Ideologic biases from traditional to pragmatic and
postmodern are considered across major time frames
for the 20th century and early 21st century. Offered
spring semester only.
Foundations in Education
3.00
By exploring the social realities and challenges
confronting today’s diverse classrooms and the teaching
profession, this course introduces pre-service teacher
candidates to the foundations of education through an
examination of the historical, philosophical, and social
context of American education as well as the cognitive,
psychological, and social-emotional perspectives of
the classroom in a multicultural society. By exploring
the actuality of career commitment to the teaching
profession, this course prepares pre-service teacher
candidates for their role in today’s diverse classrooms
with the essential knowledge, skills, and disposition
necessary to become reflective practitioners.
Sociology of Ed
3.00
This course is an analysis of the public school as an
institution in modern societies and its operation in
complex social structures. The course draws upon the
science of sociology and other social fields to explain
the operation of the school as one of the social systems
which operate to influence the development of people
in becoming efficient and cooperative members of
society.

ED 527

Statistics in Ed

3.00

ED 528

Philosophy of Ed

3.00

ED 529

Foundations of Curriculum
3.00
The course provides a distinct overview of the current
and historical curricular evolution with an emphasis on
philosophical and sociological foundations, student,
school, and community needs, the foundational
and present standards movement, and principles of
curriculum and curricular issues. Students will explore
these areas through an inquiry approach framed with
the course’s essential questions.
Connect Stand, Inst & Assess
3.00
Designed to provide educators with a brief review of the
purpose and process of assessment and to introduce
them to design options available in designing and
implementing authentic assessment. Students acquire,
synthesize, interpret and discuss a range of topics
dealing with assessment in the educational process.
Emphasizes a backward design process for curriculum
development that links standards, curriculum,
instruction, and embedded assessment. Students
construct and evaluate a variety of assessment tools
with a particular emphasis on authentic assessment.
Every other year and/or as needed.
Tch Sec Social Studies
3.00
Prepares social studies candidates for teaching
diverse learners in a secondary setting through
field-based experiences; emphasizes critical
pedagogical methods, strategies, and researchedbased best practices to make social studies content
comprehensive to secondary students; expands on
models of differentiated instructional design, effective
interdisciplinary planning, and technology integration
to teach content; builds a repertoire of teaching
strategies to enhance students’ diverse learning in the
secondary classroom; emphasizes NCSS essential
skills for social studies and disciplinary standards for
history, geography, civics, government, economics, and
behavioral sciences. Prerequisite: Completion of the five
required courses in Post
Tch Sec Science for Understand
3.00
Prepares post-baccalaureate candidates to teach
the sciences in secondary schools. Emphasizes
teaching science for understanding and application
of science knowledge. Includes basic curriculum
design-formulating goals and objectives, selecting and
organizing content, developing skill in using a variety
of teaching strategies, and evaluating pupil progress.
Stresses the inquiry approach to teaching science.
Includes observations and teaching experiences in
schools. Prerequisite: ED 534, SPED 418. Fall/Spring,
as needed.
Recent Developments in Education Social
Studies
3.00
Students explore recent trends in promoting learning
in the social studies as well as study current problems
involved. Social forces at work today and their effect on
curriculum development are considered.
Workshop
3.00
Provides opportunities for in-service teachers to
encounter new ideas, knowledge, and methods in
meeting problems in today’s schools. Prerequisite:
Teaching experience in the elementary or secondary
schools.
Strat-Probs Tch Ele Math
3.00
This course deals with recent trends and methods of
teaching mathematical concepts and skills appropriate
to the elementary grade level. Particular attention is
given to diagnostic procedures and to a “hands-on”
laboratory approach. Classes are conducted in a wellequipped elementary mathematics laboratory. Recent
research which applies to the teaching and learning of
mathematical skills and concepts is considered.
Sec Lang Acq & Mtd Tch Wrld Lg
3.00
Examination of the physiological and linguistic
foundations of modern language acquisition.
Techniques of teaching and evaluating modern
languages and cultures. Analysis of recent research in

ED 530

ED 531

ED 532

ED 533

ED 534

ED 537

ED 539

ED 540

ED 544

ED 554

ED 558

the area of second language acquisition with a focus
on the integration of the National Standards for Foreign
Language Education.
Prin Of Inst Design & Ed Tech
3.00
This course focuses on systematic procedures
for designing, developing, evaluating and revising
instruction to meet identified goals and objectives
for promoting educational technology. Instructional
design theories and applications will be examined.
The appropriateness and production of both projected
and non-projected multimedia will be explored in the
production of instructional solutions for the targeted
audience including the K-12 community and other
training and development learning environments. Fall,
annually.
Classroom Assessment for Learning
3.00
Assessment is an essential part of the learning triangle.
Curriculum, instruction, and assessment are core
elements in the learning process and are inextricably
linked. In this course, students will actively review the
basic concepts of data-driven assessment for learning,
develop and share assessment strategies that are
used to make instructional decisions in support of the
standards and student learning in general. The course
is designed to support learners as they explore the
development of assessment strategies and reporting
systems as well as assessment before, during, and after
instruction.
Graduate Certification Practicum
6.00
A professional practicum that requires the application
and integration of instruction, management, and
professional knowledge and competencies in a Pre
K-12 setting. Certification candidates participate in a
teacher practicum in their certification area under the
direction of a classroom cooperating mentor teacher
and a university supervisor. Prerequisite: Completion of
the required courses in the Graduate Level Certification
Program with a minimum grade of B, a cumulative
3.0 QPA, and satisfactory standing in admission and
retention standards in the college. On demand.
Internship Seminar
3.00
Supports teaching interns in the classroom with
discussions of classroom management problems
and strategies, and organization as a path to fewer
management issues. Includes teacher effectiveness
research and its application to instructional strategies
and materials, classroom and behavior management
as well as inclusion strategies for students with special
needs. Web-based asynchronous seminar concurrent
with student teaching internship. Corequisite: ED 554.
Each semester.

ED 559

Special Topics

ED 563

Reading Pedagogy
3.00
Students will define and investigate reading as related
to the individual learner. Study is made of the current
research into sequential and systematic reading
development and the application of multi-dimensional
techniques, strategies, and materials in the teaching
of reading K-12 for both narrative and expository
structures. Prerequisite: teaching certification. Annually.
Evidenced-Based Literacy Inst
3.00
Students will review the major national studies in
literacy since the 1960’s and investigate current
research on various literacy topics for the purpose of
developing a model of best practice based on inquiry
and reflection. Fall, annually.
Read & Lang Arts in Ech
3.00
Study and observation of the child’s early reading
behavior during early childhood and observation of
other aspects of language arts; exercises for listening
experiences and developing writing skills; assessment
of some of the causes of difficulties in learning to read
and to use language effectively.
Secondary, College and Content Area
Reading Instruction
3.00
Survey of reading programs and principles at secondary
and post-secondary levels; examination of materials
and strategies for various instructional settings and

ED 564

ED 565

ED 567

3.00

Course Descriptions

67

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

68

Course Descriptions

ED 568

ED 569

ED 570

ED 571

ED 574

Course Descriptions

ED 575

ED 576

ED 578

Clarion University

populations with an emphasis on secondary content
area reading. Fall, annually.
Language and Literacy
3.00
This course is a study of literacy acquisition which
includes consideration of developmental and
sociocultural factors. The course examines instructional
practices which utilize children’s literature in teaching
the language arts. Writing is emphasized. Prerequisite:
Teaching Certification. As needed.
Assessment of Literacy
3.00
Provides an in-depth analysis of assessment strategies
and techniques in the field of literacy. Features of this
course include evaluating, implementing, and analyzing
data gathered from formal and informal assessment
approaches for the purpose of planning instruction.
Introduction to literacy profile. Prerequisites: Two
graduate level literacy courses. Spring, annually.
Practicum I: Assessment
3.00
Emphasizes the development of competency in the
assessment process of addressing reading difficulties.
Includes (1) selection of appropriate diagnostic,
formative, and summative assessments, (2) developing
facility in using the assessment and standards
resources of the Pennsylvania Standards-Aligned
System, (3) administering appropriate and purposeful
assessments, (4) developing a sensitive interpretation
of assessment results, and (5) reporting data,
interpretations, and recommendations to stakeholders
in a comprehensive, professional manner. Prerequisite:
ED 569 and permission of the instructor. Course must
be taken concurrently with ED 571. Summer, annually.
Practicum II: Instruction
3.00
Emphasizes the development of competency in the
instructional process of addressing reading difficulties.
Includes (1) planning standards-based, assessmentinformed instructional opportunities using the
Pennsylvania Standards Aligned System resources,
(2) employing techniques for effective, evidencebased instruction, (3) implementing effective teaching
of individual strategies which will enable learners to
develop as readers, (4) developing expertise in using
materials related to the immediate needs of individuals,
and (5) preparing a literacy profile which suggests to
stakeholders procedures and resources to enhance a
student’s literacy development. Prerequisites: ED 569
and permission of the instructor. Course must be taken
concurrently.
Lit Lead Colb Cch Coll Pro Dev
3.00
The organization, administration, and supervision of
reading programs from kindergarten through high
school. Particular emphasis is given to the functions
of a reading specialist and literacy coaches in the
development of a curriculum guide for reading,
organizational patterns in reading programs, and
procedures for instituting and operating in-service
reading education programs. Prerequisites: Two
graduate level literacy courses. Spring, annually.
Sem in Children’s Lit
3.00
This seminar is an intensive study of various genres of
children’s literature, with emphasis upon correlating into
study units books that appeal to the interests of boys
and girls. A study of storytelling techniques and other
literature sharing methods are included. Prerequisite:
ELED 331 or LS 358.
Adv Sem in Reading & Lit
3.00
The study and evaluation of research and current
reports on reading education issues. Prerequisite: ED
560.
Professional Seminar
3.00
Intended to be the capstone course for all graduate
students in the MED program. Provides students with
an opportunity to focus on an educationally relevant
action research project as an integrating element
for knowledge and experiences acquired during
their graduate programs. Recognizes the validity of
classroom-based inquiry and research as the basis for
enhancing teaching and learning. Develops proficiency
in using inquiry and reflection strategies to assist
students in making instructional decisions and process
changes. Affords students the opportunity to share

ED 599

effective classroom practices and requires study and
practice in interpreting and analyzing pertinent research
to promote professional growth. Encourages students
to view themselves as researchers of teaching and
learning as professionals whose continued growth can
best be met through inquiry, reflection, and sustained
dialogue with peers. Prerequisite: ED 520 or an
equivalent course and a prospectus.
Special Topics
3.00
Examines current topics and issues in education.
Topics, announced in advance, focus on the needs and
interests of educators.

ED 600

Research

ED 610

Mobile Educational Technology
3.00
A web-based course that introduces K-12 Professionals
and/or Masters of Education Degree candidates to
the potentials of mobile devices and applications, and
assist them in using these multi-faceted resources as
effective teaching and professional development tools.
Participants will be introduced to mobile educational
technology related to communications, productivity,
learning, presentations and integration. Within this
framework, participants will create their own personal
learning networks, mobile technology resources,
online presentations and design instructional lessons
appropriate to their discipline demonstrating the
integration of mobile educational technology throughout
the K-12 setting.
Adv Educational Tech
3.00
Advanced course for graduate students who have
a background in computers or who have taken ED
217 or ED 517 at Clarion University. Focuses on the
development of knowledge and skills in: hardware/
software maintenance; instructional design; educational
electronic networking; sophisticated applications of
integrated software; and educational applications
of multimedia, including interactive video CD-ROM,
sound, text, and graphics. Prepares teachers to make
appropriate decisions regarding the use of technology
in their classrooms/schools. Admission by permission
of instructor. On demand.
Internet Applic K-12 Edu
3.00
Introduces K-12 Educators and/or Technology
Specialist Certificate candidates to the potentials
of the Internet and assist them in using this multifaceted resource as an effective teaching tool within
the classroom. Participants will be introduced to the
history, structure, and overall capabilities of the Internet,
including Electronic Mail, Telnet, File Transfer Protocol
(FTP), World Wide Web, and web-based distance
education. Within this framework, participants will
create their own web pages, design on-line instructional
lessons appropriate to their discipline, and demonstrate
the integration of Internet/Technology information
throughout the K-12 curriculum. Prerequisite: None.
Annually.
Ed Tech Leadership
3.00
Involves a survey or various theories, models, and
styles of leadership, followed by the application of
leadership skills in teacher-pupil, teacher-colleague,
teacher-administrator relationships and how those
relationships are affected by the use of technology in
schools and how technology, in turn, impacts these
roles. Summer, annually.
Master’s Thesis
3.00
Provides graduate students enrolled in M.Ed.
Programs with an elective course to focus on writing
a professional research report in the student’s field
of study under the supervision of a graduate faculty
member in the department. Upon completion, the
thesis is presented to all members of the student’s
thesis committee. Both qualitative and quantitative
investigations may be completed as a thesis. Thesis
option may be taken in lieu of the comprehensive
examination and, therefore, may be used in partial
fulfillment for the Master of Education degree. Students
must complete applications for independent study with
their advisor before registering for ED 701.

ED 617

ED 620

ED 649

ED 701

6.00

ED 712

Curr Design & Dev

ED 735

Internship in Education
3.00
Provides an advanced professional experience in
an educational setting where the student can gain
hands-on experience working with practitioners under
the guidance of certified education specialists in a
school, district, or intermediate unit. Students will be
able to apply the theories, knowledge, and skills in their
coursework to an actual work environment. Students
work with their advisor and graduate coordinator to
locate an internship placement that best meets their
needs. Prerequisite(s): 18 credits of successfully
completed coursework including ED 520; permission of
the instructor and field supervisor.
Field Nat History
3.00
Explores competencies in biology, meteorology,
geology, and astronomy. Emphasizes developing
competencies which will be valuable in teaching
environmental (outdoor and conservation) education.
For non-science majors. Prerequisite: Upper-division
standing. Spring, annually.
Graduate Sem In Environ Sci
2.00
A survey of current literature, concepts, theory, and
applications from selected fields of environmental
science. One to two discussion hours weekly. By
arrangement. Fall and Spring, yearly.
Environ Sci Internship
3.00
Internships provide practical experiences that are
related to a student’s academic program or research
area. Credits earned can be utilized as partial fulfillment
of the Master of Science degree in biology. Students
considering internship credits to be applied toward
the Master of Science degree must have the approval
of their graduate advisory committee, the cooperating
agency, and the appropriate university administrators.
On demand.
Spec Problems In Environ Sci
3.00
Advanced topics in environmental science. The
professor selects the format most suitable to the
study. Course offered on request of students, subject
to availability of staff. Prerequisite: Permission of
instructor. On demand.
Research & Thesis Environ Sci
6.00
Independent research project on an approved topic
supervised by a faculty member. Required of all
students working toward the thesis option Master
of Science in Biology, Environmental Science
concentration. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. On
demand.
Adv Remote Sensing w/Lab
3.00
Examines satellite-based earth imaging instruments,
data sources, and products, and their applications
to land use management, geologic assessments,
agriculture, forestry, soil resources, archeology,
meteorology, and oceanography. Utilizes visual and
digital data. Prerequisite: GEOG 400 (can be waived by
permission of instructor). Every Spring.
Geospatial Data Handling & Integration
3.00
This course concentrates on how geographic data can
be compiled from different sources into a GIS project.
This includes geo-referencing scanned paper maps,
translating the real-world into a geographic database,
digitization of vector features, editing attribute data,
working with and integrating GIS data available from
different online sources, and manipulating metadata.
Intro Geog Info Systems
4.00
Addresses basic concepts and principles of geographic
information systems, data models, data structures,
applications, and technical issues. Lab focuses on how
these basic principles are implemented in a GIS. These
include an entire sequence of building spatial database:
data capturing, editing, adding attributes, building
topography, registering layers to real-world coordinates,
making map compositions, data conversion, and basic
analysis. Prerequisite: GEOG/ES 345 (can be waived by
instructor). Fall, annually.
Spatial Analysis & Modeling
4.00
This course builds upon previous knowledge of GIS
vector and raster data model handling. It concentrates

ENVR 475

ENVR 500

ENVR 501

ENVR 600

ENVR 700

ES 425

ES 460

ES 470

ES 481

3.00

ES 490

ES 500

ES 525

ES 550

ES 555

ES 560

ES 570

on the use of those spatial data in analyzing different
environmental phenomenon. It emphasizes how
to derive new information from existing data, and
handling them through interpolation methods and raster
calculations. It will also involve the extraction of new
knowledge in support of a decision making process
through cell-based operations in an automated fashion
using scripting and modeling techniques.
Adv Geog Info Sys w/Lab
3.00
Provides students with the ability to apply GIS for
spatial problem solving in applied settings. Lecture
and application-/project-based. Lecture covers spatial
modeling and analysis based on a raster data structure.
Laboratory sessions introduce stud ents to threedimensional surface modeling, cost-distance analysis,
runoff modeling, and diffusion analysis. Prerequisite:
GEOG/ES 470. Each Spring Semester.
Intro Arphoto Int Rem Sens
3.00
Study and assessment of the physical and cultural
features of the earth using satellite images and
aerial photographs. Uses black and white photos,
color infrared photos, and digital satellite images for
planimetric map construction, agricultural and
vegetation studies, landform identification, land
use assessment, and forestry. Laboratory activities
include analysis of imagery in different zones of the
electromagnetic spectrum, geometric correction of
satellite images, and computer-assisted lan d cover
classification. Prerequisite: GEOG 125 or permission of
instructor. Fall semester.
Adv Remote Sensing w/Lab
3.00
Builds on the content of Introduction to Air Photo
Interpretation and Remote Sensing. Uses Earth imaging
satellites, such as Lansat, SPOT, and Ikonos, and
introduces new instruments, including Radarsat, Space
Shuttle, and Space Station earth imagine instruments.
Examines various digital data sets including digital
elevation models (DEMS), digital orthophotos and
digital topographic maps. Students will work together
on a drainage basin study to assess the sources of
acid pollution using computer-assisted land cover
classification, manual photo interpretation, and field
reconnaissance to identify trip mine areas and acid
discharging oil/gas wells. Prerequisite: GEOG/ES 500.
Spring, annually.
Field Geography w/Lab
3.00
Systematic study of techniques essential to geographic
field investigation. Emphasizes practical, firsthand experiences in the field where students learn
techniques and procedures of compass traversing,
plane tabling, rural and urban land use surveying, and
field research. Prerequisite: Cartography I and consent
of instructor. Offered occasionally.
Field Meth Environ Geos
4.00
Field-based course designed to give upper-level
students hands-on experience in various aspects
of hydrogeology, surficial geology and meteorology.
Emphasis on principles and practice of the most recent
field and laboratory techniques of instrumentation,
sampling, and monitoring as applied to relevant
environmental problems. Prerequisite: ES 260, 280, and
330. Summer session, on demand.
Geospatial Data Handling & Integration
3.00
This course concentrates on how geographic data can
be compiled from different sources into a GIS project.
This includes geo-referencing scanned paper maps,
translating the real-world into a geographic database,
digitization of vector features, editing attribute data,
working with and integrating GIS data available from
different online sources, and manipulating metadata.
Intro Geog Info Systems
4.00
Addresses basic concepts and principles of geographic
information systems, data models, data structures,
applications, and technical issues. Lab focuses on
how these basic principles are implemented in a GIS.
Lab includes an entire sequence of building spatial
database: data capturing, editing, adding attributes,
building topography, registering layers to realworld coordinates, making map compositions, data
conversion, and basic analysis. Prerequisite: GEOG/ES
345 or permission of instructor. Fall, annually.

Course Descriptions

69

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

70

Course Descriptions

ES 581

ES 590

FIN 463

FIN 471

FIN 474

FIN 476

Course Descriptions

FIN 480

FIN 500

FIN 570

FIN 572

Clarion University

Spatial Analysis & Modeling
4.00
This course builds upon previous knowledge of GIS
vector and raster data model handling. It concentrates
on the use of those spatial data in analyzing different
environmental phenomenon. It emphasizes how
to derive new information from existing data, and
handling them through interpolation methods and raster
calculations. It will also involve the extraction of new
knowledge in support of a decision making process
through cell-based operations in an automated fashion
using scripting and modeling techniques.
Adv Geog Info Sys w/Lab
3.00
Provides students with the ability to apply GIS for
spatial problem-solving in applied setting. Lectureand application/project-based course. Lecture covers
spatial modeling and analysis based on a raster data
structure. Laboratory sessions introduce students to
three-dimensional surface modeling, cost-distance
analysis, runoff modeling, and diffusion analysis.
Prerequisite: GEOG/ES 570. Spring, annually.
Tax Planning
3.00
Acquaints students with tax planning techniques that
can be used to accomplish an individual’s financial
goals. Enables students to suggest actions that
fit the individual’s financial priorities based on an
understanding of financial position, cash flow and
income, gift and estate tax matters. Prerequisite: ACTG
353.
Financial Problems
3.00
Capstone course challenges students to integrate and
synthesize, through case methods, their knowledge in
finance. Emphasizes corporate finance in application of
theoretical underpinning, but some cases also will deal
with investments, financial institutions, and markets.
Prerequisite: FIN 371.
Personal Financial Planning
3.00
Capstone course requires that students apply through
case studies, written reports, and presentations each
of the major segments of personal financial planning
including the financial planning process, ethical and
professional considerations of financial planning,
insurance policies and strategies, risk management,
investment vehicles, tax planning strategies, retirement
plans and employee benefits, and estate planning.
Students are encouraged to complete the other courses
within the Personal Financial Planning major prior to
or contemporaneous with completion of this course.
Prerequisite: FIN 370. Spring, annually.
Portfolio Theory & Mgmt
3.00
Examines modern portfolio theory and its application
to investment strategies; study of options and future
markets; investigation of market efficiency. Prerequisite:
FIN 376. Annually
Multinational Finance
3.00
Examines the theory and practice of financial
management in the multinational firms. Focuses
on important differences between domestic and
international financial decision-making. Prerequisite:
FIN 370.
Financial Management
2.00
Examines the acquisition, management, and analysis
of short-term and long-term funds both in the
domestic and international environment. Emphasizes
financial analysis, time value of money and valuation
of securities, working capital management, capital
budgeting under certainty and uncertainty, risk
and return, cost of capital, and the optimal capital
structure.
Managerial Finance
3.00
A study of financial management approaches to
evaluating complex alternatives for using available
resources in both a domestic and a multinational
context. Prerequisites: ACTG 252, FIN 370.
Healthcare Finance
3.00
This course focuses on the analysis of financial
decisions in the healthcare industry. Financial methods
incorporated within this course include: identification
of cost of capital, net present value of free cash flows,
real options, and comparative analysis. Case studies

will introduce the student to multiple methods valuation,
option pricing, means of financing, data analysis, as
well as market analysis of hospitals, biotechnology,
insurance and related industries. Prerequisite: FIN 570.
Offered annually.
FIN 576
Risk Management and Derivatives
3.00
This course will provide students with a practical
understanding of risk management, and the methods
and instruments used. In particular students will learn to
manage risk using derivative securities such as futures,
forwards, options, and swaps. Students will also learn
the structure of various derivative markets.
FIN 580
International Financial Management
3.00
This course will provide students with the ability to
conduct corporate financing and capital budgeting
operations in an international setting. Students
will learn about the financing options available to
multinational corporations around the world, and how
to choose between these options. Students will also
learn to incorporate foreign currency, and other types
of risk found in an international setting, into a capital
budgeting analysis. Lastly, students will learn to hedge
many of these unique risks. Offered as needed.
FIN 671
Fin Theory & Pract
3.00
A case-study approach to the theory and practice of
corporate financial issues which must be addressed by
a financial manager. Emphasis will be placed on capital
budgeting decisions under varying circumstances and
theoretical corporate financial concerns. Prerequisite:
FIN 570.
FIN 676
Investment Mgmt
3.00
A study of the structure and management of investment
portfolios. Various types of investments are examined
in terms of their risk elements and the purposes they
serve.
FR 501
Spec Topics French Lit & Cult
3.00
In-depth examination of contemporary French and
Francophone literary and cultural issues. May be taken
up to three times for credit, provided that different
topics are offered. Course taught in French.
FR 551
Adv Supr Readings In Fren Lit
3.00
Selected readings determined by the needs and
interests of the individual student.
FR 557
Adv Fren Ling & Cult Immersion
3.00
This course consists of two weeks of intensive online
instruction on French culture and civilization, prior to a
two week trip to France. During this immersion period,
students will visit places of historical and cultural
interest in the country, receive lectures on the historical,
cultural, artistic and literary importance of the sites
visited, and conduct as much of their daily routines
in French as possible. Courses offered to graduate
students.
GEOG 400 Intro Remote Sensing/Lab
3.00
Explores aerial photographs for geographic
investigation of physical and cultural features of
the landscape; the application of remote sensing
to topographic and planimetric map construction,
agricultural and land use identification, landform
study,and forestry. Each Fall Semester.
GEOG 413 Spatial Data Visualization and Map Design 4.00
This online course was developed as one of four
online courses for the post baccalaureate Geographic
Information Systems Certificate. This class introduces
the concepts and principles of map design from
planning to composition. Color theories and text
material and typography will be discussed at
length in this class. Also, issues pertaining to scale
and generalization are presented. Concepts and
applications of map projections will be employed to
create successful map compositions, Symbol use for
points, lines and polygons in single and multivariate
mapping are implemented. Students in this class will be
using spatial and non-spatial data to compile various
traditional and non-traditional maps and cartograms.
GEOG 414 Analysis, Modeling and Problem Solving
5.00
This online course was developed as one of four
online courses for the post baccalaureate Geographic
Information Systems Certificate. This class

GEOG 425

GEOG 460

GEOG 470

GEOG 481

GEOG 490

GEOG 500

GEOG 525

GEOG 550

GEOG 560

GEOG 570

GEOG 581

GEOG 590

GER 501

GER 551
GER 557

HIST 460

on a drainage basin study to assess the sources of
acid pollution using computer-assisted land cover
classification, manual photo interpretation, and field
reconnaissance to identify trip mine areas and acid
discharging oil/gas wells. Prerequisite: GEOG/ES 500.
Spring, annually.
Field Geography w/Lab
3.00
Systematic study of techniques essential to geographic
field investigation. Emphasizes practical, firsthand experiences in the field where students learn
techniques and procedures of compass traversing,
plane tabling, rural and urban land use surveying, and
field research. Prerequisite: Cartography I and consent
of instructor. Offered occasionally.
Geospatial Data Handling & Integration
3.00
This course concentrates on how geographic data can
be compiled from different sources into a GIS project.
This includes geo-referencing scanned paper maps,
translating the real-world into a geographic database,
digitization of vector features, editing attribute data,
working with and integrating GIS data available from
different online sources, and manipulating metadata.
Intro Geog Info Systems
4.00
Addresses basic concepts and principles of geographic
information systems, data models, data structures,
applications, and technical issues. Lab focuses on
how these basic principles are implemented in a GIS.
Lab includes an entire sequence of building spatial
database: data capturing, editing, adding attributes,
building topography, registering layers to realworld coordinates, making map compositions, data
conversion, and basic analysis. Prerequisite: GEOG/ES
345 or permission of instructor. Fall, annually.
Spatial Analysis & Modeling
4.00
This course builds upon previous knowledge of GIS
vector and raster data model handling. It concentrates
on the use of those spatial data in analyzing different
environmental phenomenon. It emphasizes how
to derive new information from existing data, and
handling them through interpolation methods and raster
calculations. It will also involve the extraction of new
knowledge in support of a decision making process
through cell-based operations in an automated fashion
using scripting and modeling techniques.
Adv Geog Info Sys w/Lab
3.00
Provides students with the ability to apply GIS for
spatial problem-solving in applied setting. Lectureand application/project-based course. Lecture covers
spatial modeling and analysis based on a raster data
structure. Laboratory sessions introduce students to
three-dimensional surface modeling, cost-distance
analysis, runoff modeling, and diffusion analysis.
Prerequisite: GEOG/ES 570. Spring, annually.
Spec Topics German Lit & Cult
3.00
In-depth examination of contemporary German literary
and cultural issues. May be taken up to three times for
credit, provided that different topics are offered. Course
taught in German.
Adv Supr Readings In Germ Lit
3.00
Selected readings determined by the needs and
interests of the individual student.
Adv Germ Ling & Cult Immersion
3.00
This course consists of two weeks of intensive online
instruction on German culture and civilization, prior to
a two week trip to a German-speaking country. During
this immersion period, students will visit places of
historical, cultural, artistic, and literary importance of
the sites visited, and conduct as much of their daily
routines in German as possible. Course offered to
graduate students.
Hist of Religion in the U.S.
3.00
A study of American religious history from the
colonial period to the present. Examines the
histories of individual religious institutions and their
interaction within their social and intellectual context,
focusing upon the paradox of mainstream American
Protestantism within a pluralistic religious culture.
Prerequisite: HIST 120 or permission of instructor. On
demand.

Course Descriptions

encompasses the basic data-driven of exploratory
GIS and provides a basis for model-driven analysis
for hypothesis testing and prediction. Approaches of
handling geographical problems and scenarios will be
discussed, this include the planning of the analysis
procedures from data collection, adjustments and
refinements, to the determination of the most suitable
methods for analysis. Object-based (vector) as well as
advanced techniques in cell-based (raster) analysis are
discussed and the identification of when and how each
should be used is presented.
Adv Remote Sensing w/Lab
3.00
Examines satellite-based earth imaging instruments,
data sources, and products, and their applications
to land use management, geologic assessments,
agriculture, forestry, soil resources, archeology,
meteorology, and oceanography. Utilizes visual and
digital data. Prerequisite: GEOG 400 (can be waived by
permission of instructor). Every Spring.
Geospatial Data Handling & Integration
3.00
This course concentrates on how geographic data can
be compiled from different sources into a GIS project.
This includes geo-referencing scanned paper maps,
translating the real-world into a geographic database,
digitization of vector features, editing attribute data,
working with and integrating GIS data available from
different online sources, and manipulating metadata.
Intro Geog Info Systems
4.00
Addresses basic concepts and principles of geographic
information systems, data models, data structures,
applications, and technical issues. Lab focuses on how
these basic principles are implemented in a GIS. These
include an entire sequence of building spatial database:
data capturing, editing, adding attributes, building
topography, registering layers to real-world coordinates,
making map compositions, data conversion, and basic
analysis. Prerequisite: GEOG/ES 345 (can be waived by
instructor). Fall, annually.
Spatial Analysis & Modeling
4.00
This course builds upon previous knowledge of GIS
vector and raster data model handling. It concentrates
on the use of those spatial data in analyzing different
environmental phenomenon. It emphasizes how
to derive new information from existing data, and
handling them through interpolation methods and raster
calculations. It will also involve the extraction of new
knowledge in support of a decision making process
through cell-based operations in an automated fashion
using scripting and modeling techniques.
Adv Geog Info Sys w/Lab
3.00
Provides students with the ability to apply GIS for
spatial problem solving in applied settings. Lecture
and application-/project-based. Lecture covers spatial
modeling and analysis based on a raster data structure.
Laboratory sessions introduce students to threedimensional surface modeling, cost-distance analysis,
runoff modeling, and diffusion analysis. Prerequisite:
GEOG/ES 470. Each Spring Semester.
Intro Arphoto Int Rem Sens
3.00
Study and assessment of the physical and cultural
features of the earth using satellite images and
aerial photographs. Uses black and white photos,
color infrared photos, and digital satellite images for
planimetric map construction, agricultural and
vegetation studies, landform identification, land
use assessment, and forestry. Laboratory activities
include analysis of imagery in different zones of the
electromagnetic spectrum, geometric correction of
satellite images, and computer-assisted land cover
classification. Prerequisite: GEOG 125 or permission of
instructor. Fall semester.
Adv Remote Sensing w/Lab
3.00
Builds on the content of Introduction to Air Photo
Interpretation and Remote Sensing. Uses Earth imaging
satellites, such as Lansat, SPOT, and Ikonos, and
introduces new instruments, including Radarsat, Space
Shuttle, and Space Station earth imagine instruments.
Examines various digital data sets including digital
elevation models (DEMS), digital orthophotos and
digital topographic maps. Students will work together

71

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

72

Course Descriptions

HIST 511

Course Descriptions

Sem In Anc & Medieval Europe
3.00
Survey of major historical problems in the history of
ancient and medieval Europe (c. 3000 B.C.E. - 1300
C.E.). Much attention devoted to historiographic
problems in secondary scholarship as well as to primary
sources. Students will write an in-depth paper or lesson
plan. Course may be taken twice (with consent of
instructor).
HIST 512
Seminar In Early Modern Europe
3.00
Survey of major historical problems in the history of
early modern Europe (1300?1789). Much attention
devoted to historiographic problems in secondary
scholarship as well as to primary sources. Students will
write an in-depth paper or lesson plan. Course may be
taken twice (with consent of instructor).
HIST 513
Seminar In Modern Europe
3.00
Survey of major historical problems in the history of
modern Europe (1789-present). Much attention devoted
to historiographic problems in secondary scholarship
as well as to primary sources. Students will write an indepth paper or lesson plan. Course may be taken twice
(with consent of instructor).
HIST 520 Seminar in U.S. Hist to 1877
3.00
Survey of major historical problems in the history of
the United States from colonial times to 1877. Much
attention devoted to historiographic problems in
secondary scholarship as well as to primary sources.
Students will write an in-depth paper or lesson plan.
Course may be taken twice (with consent of instructor).
HIST 521
Sem In U.S. History Since 1877
3.00
Survey of major historical problems in the history of the
United States from 1877 to the present. Much attention
devoted to historiographic problems in secondary
scholarship as well as to primary sources. Students will
write an in-depth paper or lesson plan. Course may be
taken twice (with consent of instructor).
HIST 530 Non-Western History
3.00
Survey of major historical problems in the the area of
African, Asian, or Latin American history (depending
on the instructor). Much attention devoted to
historiographic problems in secondary scholarship as
well as to primary sources. Students will write an indepth paper or lesson plan. Course may be taken twice
(with consent of instructor).
HIST 532 Vietnam War
3.00
This course examines U.S. involvement in Vietnam
from 1945 to the present, with a primary focus on the
Vietnam War and its political, economic, social, and
cultural impact upon American society. Topics covered
include the roots of Vietnamese revolutionary thought,
the rise of Ho Chi Minh and communism in Vietnam, the
French-Indochina War, U.S. military engagements from
1965 through 1973, the political and cultural antiwar
movement in America, the peace accords, and the
aftermath of the conflict, among others. Prerequisite:
Graduate student standing or permission of instructor
HIST 562 The Holocaust
3.00
Explores the social policy of Nazi Germany as it
was applied to various minority groups. Includes an
examination of the evolution of the concentration
camp from political prisons to death factories. Special
attention is paid to the experience of the Jewish
victims.
HIST 700 Thesis
6.00
Independent research project on an approved
topic supervised by a faculty member. Prerequisite:
permission of instructor. On demand.
LEGL 540 Legal & Ethical Environment of Business
Graduate
3.00
This course is design to provide the MBA student
with an understanding of the concepts and issues
related to the management of legal, ethical and social
responsibilities of business organizations. Students
learn the basic tools needed to manage a business
in the legal environment in which it operates, to
recognize and respond to ethical problems and social
responsibilities of business, and to understand their
personal responsibilities as business managers.
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.

Clarion University

LEGL 541

LS 500

LS 501

LS 502

LS 504

LS 505

LS 529

LS 532

LS 534

Legal and Ethical Environment of
Business
1.50
Provides the MBA student with an understanding of
the concepts and issues related to the management
of legal, ethical, and social responsibilities of business
organizations. Students learn the basic tools needed
to manage a business in the legal environment in
which it operates, to recognize and respond to ethical
problems and social responsibilities of business, and to
understand their personal responsibilities as business
managers. Prerequisite: LEGL 500 Legal Environment of
Business. Offered fall annually.
Info Sources & Services
3.00
Philosophy and techniques of information services
in libraries, with the sources, tools, and technology
essential to the reference process. Specific reference
problems and research studies, the reference interview,
bibliographic instruction, and search strategies are
considered. Recommended as an elective for nonlibrary
science students in other graduate programs.
Develop Lib Collections
3.00
Acquiring familiarity with basic bibliographical tools,
current reviewing media, and acquisitions procedures.
Establishment of policies and criteria for the selection
and evaluation of book and nonbook materials.
Cataloging and Classification
3.00
Introduction to the principles and techniques of
organizing information with special reference to
contemporary library practice. Students are introduced
to descriptive cataloging using currently accepted
national rules, alphabetical indexing using Library of
Congress Subject Headings and Sears List of Subject
Headings, and systematic indexing using the Dewey
Decimal Classification and the Library of Congress
Classification. The structure and use of manual and
automated catalogs and indexes are considered.
Intro to the Information Professions
3.00
This course introduces students to the nature of
information and its role in society, the philosophical,
ethical, and historical foundations of the information
professions, major professional organizations, and the
legal, political, and social issues confronting today’s
information professionals. The identification and use
of print and electronic information resources pertinent
to library and information science are also covered.
Accreditation assessment administered.
Organization of Information
3.00
Introduction to the theories, practices, standards,
and tools used in the organization across a variety of
information environments. Students are introduced
to topics of information structures and their retrieval
systems, the MARC record and other metadata
standards and description, subject analysis,
vocabularies, and systems for categorization.
Inst Strat Libr & Info Prof
3.00
Prepares students with various approaches for
integrating information literacy and resources into
instruction in libraries and information centers;
examines information literacy standards and guidelines,
such as those from AASL and ACRL, for application
in all types of libraries and centers; reviews various
instructional strategies, techniques, and resources,
such as Web-based tutorials and thematic web pages,
for implementation in programs.
Mgmt of Sch Libr Media Centers
3.00
Introduction to managerial and administrative principles
as applied in school library media centers; the role of
the library media center in the school’s educational
mission; current issues in school media librarianship.
Pre- or corequisite: LS 504.
Admin & Mgmt of Libraries
3.00
A study of managerial principles as they apply to
libraries. Topics include, but are not limited to, planning,
organizing, influencing and controlling the human,
financial, physical and informational resources of
libraries. Emphasis is placed on monitoring new trends
in library facilities with regard to library functions.
Prerequisite: prerequisite or corequisite LS 504. Fall,
Spring, Summer II.

LS 536

LS 540

LS 541

LS 542

LS 543

LS 545

LS 546

Archival Management for Small
Repositories
3.00
Introduction to the principles of archival theory as
practiced in small repositories, including libraries and
local historical societies. Appraisal, arrangement and
description, and interpretation of materials are covered.
Includes a field experience.
Local Special Collection Representation
3.00
Course introduces students to detailed representation
of special and local collections in library settings.
Students will examine competing methods for
representing such collections, including MARC, EAD,
archival software, and local controlled vocabularies.
Students will produce a sample finding aid or other
representation. Pre-requisite: LS 535. Offered annually.
Multic Src & Serv Ed & Libr
3.00
This course provides an opportunity for students
to explore, understand, and develop library and
educational resources and services for multicultural,
diverse, and other special populations. Resources
and services are examined particularly as they’re late
to ethnicity, race, gender preference, and disability.
Students will develop a sensitivity to the learning and
informational needs of various cultural and ethnic
groups and will develop techniques for selecting and
using materials relevant to a multicultural society.
Database Management for Library
Professionals
3.00
The course will provide library professionals the basic
tools to understand database design and management
as used in various integrated library systems and
electronic resources. The course is designed to
familiarize future and current library professionals
with the logic and structure of fields, records and
databases.
Information Seeking Behavior in User
Interface Design
3.00
This course overviews theoretical and practical
frameworks for a user centered approach to information
service. The course concentrates on user interface
design for information retrieval systems based on an
understanding of human information seeking behavior.
This course will cover (1) theoretical foundations of
various information behaviors and (2) practical analysis
using user interface design principles, task and user
analysis, user interface evaluation, and usability testing.
Adult Prgramming for Public Libraries
3.00
An introduction to the literature, history, principles,
strategies and competencies of providing library service
to adults as individuals and in groups; such as: readers
of genre fiction; the independent learner; to populations
of diverse cultural and ethnic backgrounds; older
adults; educationally disadvantages or less literate;
occupational (business, labor, etc.); institutionalized,
etc. Examines the research based knowledge of
adulthood and adult learning, the assessment of a
community, elements of program planning, the diverse
advisory roles of librarians and their implications for the
organization of informational, educational, and cultural
programs and activities. Pre-req LS 500
Reference Services for Genealogy & Local
History Collections
3.00
Course introduces students to specialized reference
resources for genealogy and local history. Students
will assess the value and use of specific published
documents and primary sources held in library
collections. Major online resources will be examined
and compared. Students will create sample policies
and procedures to deliver effective local history and
genealogy reference services within specific library
settings. Prerequisite: LS 500.
Virtual Information Services
3.00
This course provides an overview of the design and
delivery of library services and library instruction
to students and patrons at a distance. The course
covers the methods and technologies used to deliver
distance education and focuses on how the library can
be integrated into the delivery of courses offered in a
variety of formats: services for remote users of other
types of libraries are also considered. Pre-req. LS 500

LS 547

LS 548

LS 549

LS 550

LS 552

LS 556

LS 557

LS 558

LS 562

Leadership for Libraries and Information
Centers
3.00
Designed for students preparing to assume the role and
duties of a leader, supervisor, and/or director in the field
of librarianship; Explores the research and models of
leadership relevant to defining and achieving goals in
the library and information center setting; Connects the
role of management with the skills required for effective
leadership; and includes the examination of theory and
practical application of organizational leadership.
Fiscal Management for Libraries and
Information Agencies
3.00
Introduction to fiscal management as a strategic
planning process resulting in the selection of
accounting systems and the development and
control of budgets. Emphasis is on the creation of
a financial plan based on an assessment of fiscal
status, an environmental scan, market survey, and
the selection and implementation of a budget format.
Special attention is given to capturing alternate
sources of funding, preparation of grant proposals and
determination of appropriate investment strategies.
Prerequisite: LS 534. Offered once per year.
Genre Fiction and Readers’ Advisory
3.00
Course introduces students to the readers’ advisory
process as a means of assisting library users in
identifying appropriate reading materials to meet
recreational reading needs. Major genres of fiction
(e.g., romance, mystery, adventure, etc.) are examined.
Bibliographic tools to support the reader’s advisory
process are identified and examined.
Research Methodologies in Library Science 3.00
In depth study of quantitative and qualitative research
methodologies as they apply to library science;
emphasis on formulating the research proposal,
conducting studies, analyzing data, reporting findings,
and interpreting results; includes a critical analysis
of the professional research literature. Prerequisite:
LS 504. Study of the scientific methods of planning,
conducting, and reporting investigation and research
in library science, including specific problems in library
service. Critical analysis of research in professional
literature. Designed to develop skill in interpreting
research results.
Adv Cat and Class
3.00
In-depth exploration of the issues involved in organizing
collections with special reference to authority control,
the cataloging and classification of nonbook materials
(including electronic resources), and the use of Library
of Congress Subject Headings and the Library of
Congress Classification. Prerequisite: LS 502.
Resources in the Sciences, Technology and
Medicine
3.00
Surveys the information sources and services typically
found in science, technology, and health collections,
libraries or information centers. Includes in-depth
examination of major information sources, print and
electronic, and of various ways users access this
information. Prerequisite: LS 500.
Resources in the Social Sciences
3.00
Surveys the print and electronic information sources
typically found in social science collections, including
areas of anthropology, business, economics, education,
geography, history, political science, and psychology.
Examines the various ways users access this
information and the associated services provided by
libraries and information centers. Prerequisite: LS 500.
Resources in the Humanities
3.00
Surveys the print and electronic information sources
typically found in humanities collections, including
areas of art, literature, music, philosophy, and
religion. Examines the various ways users access this
information and the associated services provided by
libraries and information centers. Prerequisite: LS 500.
Government Info & Librnshp
3.00
Study and evaluation of federal, state, municipal, and
intergovernmental publications, print and electronic;
the nature of government materials, their reference and
research value; techniques of organization, access,
and control of print and electronic materials; issues

Course Descriptions

LS 535

73

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

74

Course Descriptions

LS 563

LS 568

LS 569

LS 570

LS 572

LS 573

Course Descriptions

LS 574

LS 575

LS 576

Clarion University

concerning various government electronic resources.
Prerequisite: LS 500
Foundations of Information and Records
Management
3.00
An introduction to the theories, methodologies, and
technologies used in managing organizational and
institutional information and records. Topics include the
origins and development of records and information
management, information governance, records
and information creation/capture and classification
and filing, retention scheduling, vital records, risk
management, equipment and more.
Hist of Books & Printing
3.00
Study of the evolution of the printed book through a
survey of the origin of recorded communication; history
of writing materials; study of manuscript production,
typography, type design, illustration, bookbinding, book
production, and copyright from the earliest times to the
present.
Mgmt of Tech & Access Ser
3.00
Introduction to managerial and administrative principles
as applied in library technical and access services.
Areas covered include acquisitions, cataloging, serials
control, circulation, document delivery, interlibrary
loan, and preservation. Special attention is paid to
automation issues. Prerequisites: LS 505, 504.
Internship in Librianship
3.00
Provides an advanced preprofessional experience
through work in a cooperating library or information
center. Students are expected to apply and evaluate the
theory and practice learned in the classroom; prepare
an evaluative paper, and be observed a nd evaluated
by the site supervisor. Accreditation assessments
administered. Prerequisites: successful completion
of at least 30 credit hours, including all other required
courses; permission of advisor, internship coordinator,
and the department chair. For students not seeking
initial certification.
Law In Libraries
3.00
Addresses the legal and ethical concepts and issues
related to librarianship. Topics include employment law,
intellectual property, civil rights, social responsibility,
intellectual freedom and privacy law particularly as
they relate to libraries. Ethics, values and foundational
principles of the library and information professions are
covered.
Integrated Technologies in Libraries
3.00
A survey of integrated technologies for libraries
examined through case studies, product reviews, and
library marketplace reports; topics include, but not
limited to, the interface design of the OPAC, enhanced
searching applications, technical services modules,
electronic resource management systems, Open URL
and federated searching applications, and overall
requirements for public access and use of integrated
systems.
Online Information Retrieval
3.00
Web-based information retrieval is explored and
discussed. A variety of search engines, strategies, and
protocols are examined and compared. Prerequisite: LS
504
Digital Libraries
3.00
Provides an overview of topics concerning digital
libraries, including, but not limited to, organization and
structure, programming interoperability and metadata
standards, project management, intellectual property
rights, and various interface applications. Students
are expected to examine topics of interest concerning
digital libraries, culminating in the preparation of a term
project.
Special Topics
3.00
In-depth discussion, study, and research of a topic
related to the role of the library in responding to social
issues, service to special groups, or problem areas. The
following represent typical offerings: (1) Bibliotherapy;
(2) Microcomputers in Libraries; (3) Library Services for
the Gifted; (4) Media and Minorities; (5) Oral History;
(6) Connectivity: Understanding the Information
Infrastructure. A maximum of six credit hours may be
applied toward graduation.

LS 577

LS 578

LS 579

LS 580

LS 582

LS 583

LS 587

LS 588

LS 589
LS 590

LS 591

LS 600

Librs, Lit & The Child
3.00
Opportunity for graduate students to investigate (1)
the nature of children’s literature; (2) the utilization of
children’s literature in school, public and special library
settings; (3) trends in children’s literature as a part of the
total body of literature and as an educational force; and
(4) current research in the field. Biennially.
Pub Libs Rural Am
3.00
Introduction to the public library in the United States,
with special concern for the small rural library. Particular
emphasis on the problems and limitations of such
libraries and approaches for overcoming them.
Issues In Urban Librarianship
3.00
A survey of issues facing all types of libraries located in
urban settings. School, public, and academic libraries
will be discussed in the context of how the urban
environment presents special challenges in designing,
implementing, and managing library services.
Prerequisite: LS 504.
Lib Mktg & The Community
3.00
Addresses the following aspects of successful
community analysis and marketing of library services:
the current and potential library users; their specific
informational needs; and how the library can provide
adequate service.
Electronic & Continuing Resources
3.00
Examines the organization and management of
electronic resources and print/online continuing
publications, such as journals, annuals, etc.; highlights
issues surrounding subscriptions, licensing, access,
and ownership of materials.
Lib Lit And Young Adults
3.00
Examination of the role of the librarian in the selection,
evaluation, and use of materials for junior and senior
high school age persons. Includes a study of young
adult literature and trends affecting its development;
techniques for providing reader advisory services;
methods of reaching and serving multicultural and
special needs audiences; characteristics of the young
adult in contemporary society; and development of
programs and other means of introducing young adults
to books and nonbook media, with special attention to
emerging electronic products and services.
Indexing & Abstracting
3.00
In-depth survey and hands-on development of
documents surrogates, including annotations,
abstracts, precis, and other forms of indexing.
Pres & Conserv of Lib Ma
3.00
Survey of preservation and conservation activities in
libraries and information centers, including disaster
planning, environmental factors, treatment of brittle
books, library binding, special problems of nonbook
materials, and basic conservation treatments.
Applying Web Technologies in Libraries
3.00
Studies the application and use of emerging Web
content and technologies in diverse library settings.
Global Perspectives in Librarianship
3.00
A study of libraries and librarianship throughout the
world with an in depth focus in selected countries;
emphasis is placed on library education and issues
related to culture, technological advances, economics,
and politics; the role and impact of professional
organizations on libraries and library education
worldwide is examined. Annual, summer.
Bus Ref Sources & Serv
3.00
Surveys the information sources and services typically
found in corporate libraries, public library business
information centers, and other specialized libraries with
a business clientele. Includes in-depth examination
of major business reference tools, as well as in-depth
examination of the special operations, organization, and
management of business libraries and departments of
business information.
Research in Librarianship
3.00
Intended as capstone experience for students in the
Master of Science in Library Science program. Provides
the opportunity to pursue a research project related
to the student’s area of specialization or interest and
which is based on a research strategies developed
in LS 550. Accreditation assessments administered.

MAED 501

MAED 511

MAED 532

MAED 537

MAED 540

MAED 550

MAED 551

MAED 556

MAED 571

MAED 581

MAED 585

MAED 590

MATH 422

MATH 451

MATH 452

MGMT 420

that technology is having on the subject matter taught
and the methods of teaching it. Prerequisite: MATH 451
or equivalent.
Research in Math Tch & Learn
3.00
Students will investigate the research in mathematics
teaching and learning that has been conducted in the
last century, and particularly in the last three decades.
Through this investigation, students will become more
aware of critical issues within the field of mathematics
education. Various areas will be considered, including
teachers’ knowledge and beliefs, students’ learning
in number theory, rational numbers, algebra, and
geometry, technology in mathematics education, and
issues of affect and gender. Prerequisite: Certification
in Secondary Mathematics or permission of instructor.
Offered: Summer
Analysis for Teachers
3.00
This course is designed to give secondary mathematics
teachers an in-depth look at the analysis covered in
the secondary mathematics curriculum. The concept of
the function will be covered in great detail. This course
will also cover the historical development of calculus
to gain greater insight into the fundamental theories of
calculus (secondary level). Prerequisite: certification
in teaching secondary mathematics or permission of
instructor.
Problem Solving
3.00
The course is designed to give students experience
solving novel and often open-ended problems in
multiple ways. Posing and solving problems drawn
from rational numbers, number theory, algebra,
measurement and geometry will help students
to reinforce and integrate various strands of their
high school mathematics curriculum and to reason
and communicate more effectively. Prerequisite:
Certification in Secondary Mathematics Education or
ED 339: Meth of Teach & Eval Math and permission of
instructor. Offered: Summer
App & Math Model for Teacher
3.00
A course to use mathematics in representing and
solving real world problems. Mathematical concepts
from middle school and high school mathematics
will be applied to problems in social, physical, and
biological sciences. Pedagogical and assessment
issues will be studied. Prerequisite: Certification in
teaching mathematics, or mathematical science
teachers in grades 7 through 12. Highly recommended:
calculus, linear algebra, differential equations, or
statistics. Offered: Summer.
Historical Dev of Mathematics
3.00
Students will explore the development of mathematics,
from the early development of numeration systems
to modern mathematics. They will learn how the
technology and culture of different places and times
affected the topics developed as well as the methods
used. Students will also discuss and develop ways
to incorporate this information into their classroom
teaching and to encourage cross disciplinary
connections. Prerequisite: Degree in mathematical
sciences or permission.
Mathematical Stats II
3.00
Analyzes mathematical expectation, discrete and
continuous random variables, probability densities,
sampling distributions, point estimations, interval
estimations, tests of hypotheses, regression and
correlation, analysis of variation, and momentgenerating functions. Prerequisite: MATH 421. Spring,
odd-numbered years.
Modern Algebra I
3.00
Introduces groups, rings, integral domains, and fields.
Emphasizes rigorous proof and logical methods.
Prerequisite: MATH 300. Fall and spring, respectively.
Modern Algebra II
3.00
Introduces groups, rings, integral domains, and fields.
Emphasizes rigorous proof and logical methods.
Prerequisite: MATH 300. Fall and spring, respectively.
Operations Research
3.00
Examines scientific methods that provide managers
with a quantitative basis for making decisions.
Emphasizes deterministic and stochastic methods,

Course Descriptions

LS 601

Prerequisites: LS 550 and successful completion of
at least 30 credit hours, including all other required
courses; project approval by advisor, instructor, and
the department chair. For students not seeking initial
teacher certification.
Independent Study
3.00
An opportunity for the advanced graduate student
to investigate in depth a facet of librarianship and
to prepare a scholarly paper or project to report his
or her findings. Topic for study must be approved
by the student’s advisor and the department chair.
Prerequisites: four core courses and four elective
courses relevant to the proposed independent study.
Offered on demand.
Teaching Sec Mathematics
3.00
Teachers will learn how to integrate a variety of different
strategies in teaching secondary mathematics. They will
improve their understanding of mathematical concepts
and apply these instructional strategies to improving
student understanding. Prerequisite: Certification in
teaching math. Offered: Summers and occasionally
Spring.
Technology for Teaching Secondary
Mathematics
3.00
This course is designed to give secondary mathematics
teachers an in-depth look at the research on the
impact of technology on teaching and learning
mathematics. Students will learn how to develop and
critique technology experiences and will be exposed
to new technologies and programs that aid in teaching
mathematics. Prerequisite: Certification in teaching
secondary mathematics or permission of instructor.
Teaching Statistical Reasoning
3.00
Quantitative Literacy (QL) has proven to be an exciting,
standards-based approach for teaching statistical
techniques in K-12 classrooms. Through stimulating
practical activities, the TI-83 graphing calculator and
the statistical software FATHOM, teachers in this
course will explore real data focusing on classification,
graphing, sampling, probability, simulation, and
inference. This direct involvement and in-depth training
will enable teachers to experience first-hand the
value of QL and gain confidence in their abilities to
incorporate it into their classrooms. The course will
include a fall follow up session where teachers report
the use of a quantitative reasoning activity in their own
classroom. Prerequisite: certification in teaching
Geometry/Trig for Sec Ed Tchrs
3.00
The course will visit axiom systems, review the core
theorems of high school geometry, consider advanced
topics in Euclidean Geometry, explore Non-Euclidean
Geometries, examine Area and Transformations, look
at trigonometry and have student presentations of a
relatively new geometric topic. Computer software
(Geometer’s Sketchpad, Kaliedomania, maple, ...) will
be at the center of the students work. Prerequisite:
Admission into the program or permission of the
instructor. Offered: Summer.
Discrete Math for Teachers 7-12
3.00
A course to review and develop a sound mathematical
foundation for discrete mathematics topics covered in
secondary school mathematics.
Pre-Algebra for Teacher
3.00
Teachers will learn how to integrate a variety of different
strategies in teaching concepts found in prealgebra
(grades 6-8). They will improve their understanding
of the mathematical concepts from an advanced
perspective and apply these instructional strategies
to improving student understanding. Prerequisite:
certification in teaching-mathematics teachers who are
presently teachers of grades 5-9. Offered: Summer.
Algebra & Number Theory for Teachers
3.00
Students will examine pedagogy and use recent
technology to reinforce their understanding of algebra
and number theory topics covered in high school
algebra and how to present them to their students. They
will develop a deeper understanding of the principles
underlying these topics, allowing them greater ability
to adapt their teaching to meet the changing needs of
their students. Additionally, they will look at the effects

75

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

76

Course Descriptions

MGMT 423

MGMT 427

MGMT 428

MGMT 450

MGMT 470

Course Descriptions

MGMT 483

MGMT 485

MGMT 486

MGMT 500

MGMT 521

Clarion University

including the transportation method, linear and dynamic
programming, PERT, inventory control, queuing theory,
and Markov analysis. Prerequisite: ECON 222.
Bus Society, & Corp Conduct
3.00
A study of concepts of, and theories about,
interrelationships between business units and society
in general. Employs the concepts and theories in
the analysis of complex environmental problems
encountered by business managers. Prerequisite:
MGMT 320.
Entrepreneurial Leadership Seminar
3.00
Hands-on approach to the study of small business as it
applies to the various sectors of the economy. Students
gain direct exposure to small business through the
development of a formal business plan for a new small
business. Emphasizes the entrepreneurial activities
involved as they relate to this process. Prerequisite:
MGMT 320. Once every three semesters.
Entrepreneurship
3.00
Explores entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurial
process associated with new venture formation.
Emphasizes creativity and innovation as they relate
to the initiation of a new business. Highlights the
preparation involved in the formation of a new venture,
developing the entrepreneurial plan, and adapting
to contemporary challenges facing the entrepreneur.
Prerequisite: MGMT 320. Once every three semesters.
Quality Management
3.00
Examines Total Quality Management (TQM), including
the philosophies and principles of Deming, Juran,
and Crosby. Focuses on the management and
continuous improvement of quality and productivity
in manufacturing and service organizations. Includes
quality measurement, quality assurance, giving
employees responsibility for quality, the team approach
to quality, employee recognition, and various TQM tools
and techniques. Prerequisite: MGMT 320. Annually.
Project Management
3.00
Introduces students to basic project management
concepts and reinforces those concepts through
the use of project management software. Provides
students with the knowledge and skills necessary to
plan, organize and control information technology
projects. Key topics include monitoring and controlling
schedules, progress reporting, risk management, quality
management, cost management as well as contracting
and procurement. Graduate students will analyze a
case study; present it to the class; and provide a 10-15
page written report on the case study analysis to the
instructor. Prerequisites: CIS 301 and MGMT 320 or
permission of instructor.
Compensation Management
3.00
A study of the processes in analyzing, developing,
implementing, administering, and performing on-going
evaluation of a total compensation and benefit system
for all organizational groups. Prerequisite: MGMT 324.
Spring.
Labor Rel & Pub Policy
3.00
Examines the industrial relations functions as they
relate to federal, state, and local statutes and industrial
policies. Includes OSHA, EEOA, NLRA, LMRA, and
LMRDA, workers’ compensation, and unemployment
compensation. Prerequisite: MGMT 324. Fall.
Occupant Safety Management
3.00
Provides students with information concerning
management techniques, government regulations
and safety, and health program development within
organizational settings. Prerequisite: MGMT 320. Fall.
Mgmt Theory and Practice
2.00
Focuses on the development of management thought
and its application. Includes planning, organizing,
controlling, decision-making, motivation, leadership,
work groups, and organizational change and
development. Considers the domestic and international
environments and changing societal values.
Leadership & Organization
3.00
Studies the ways in which leaders, groups and
individuals interact in organizations and how leadership
plays important roles in organizations in today’s
business environments. Covers various leadership and

MGMT 522

MGMT 555

MGMT 570

MGMT 621

MGMT 622

MGMT 625

MGMT 626

MGMT 650

MKTG 461

organization issues including theoretical foundations of
leadership and organizations, roles of top management,
corporate governance, organizational culture and
change, stakeholder analysis, leading and managing
groups, motivation and influence, satisfaction, and
leadership development. Introduces students’ business
competency portfolios. Prerequisites: MGMT 320.
Healthcare Management Systems
3.00
This course provides the student with a foundation
in healthcare management systems and technology.
The discussion will examine the role that health
management systems play in improving and managing
healthcare services, efficiency, and innovation. The
course will also examine various technologies emerging
in healthcare. Offered annually.
Managing Healthcare Organizations
3.00
This course provides the student with an overview
of the U.S. healthcare system and current issues
managers face. Students will examine the role that
management plays in planning, organizing, controlling
and leading healthcare organizations into the future.
They will also examine various managerial roles at
various levels. International comparisons may be
included. Prerequisite: MGMT 500 or 521. Offered
annually.
Project Management
3.00
Introduces students to basic project management
concepts and reinforces those concepts through
the use of project management software. Provides
students with the knowledge and skills necessary
to plan, organize and control projects. Key topics
include monitoring and controlling schedules, progress
reporting, risk management, quality management, cost
management as well as contracting and procurement.
Graduate students will analyze a case study; present it
to the class; and provide a 10-15 page written report on
the case study analysis to the instructor. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor or MGMT 500.
Human Resources Mgmt
3.00
A study of human resources management issues and
practices in business organizations. Topics covered
include the analysis and design of jobs, staffing the
organization, training, and development of employees,
and the design and administration of compensation
systems. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
Multinational Business
3.00
A study of the nature, organization, and operation of
multinational firms. Selected cases of foreign operations
of multinational corporations are discussed and
analyzed. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
Negotiations/Arbitrat
3.00
A synthesis of industrial relations theory and practice.
The union/employer relationship will be explored from
the union organization drive through the continued
negotiation of collective bargaining agreements,
and attendant grievance arbitration procedures.
Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
Global Operations Management
and Information Systems
3.00
Traditional Operations Management is taught via lecture
while integrating the use of Information Systems and
Supply Chains. Case analysis is integrated into the
course with analyses that are based on Operations,
Information Systems, and Supply Chains as they
operate globally. Prerequisite: BSAD 503.
Quality Management
3.00
Examines Total Quality Management (TQM), including
the philosophies and principles of Deming, Juran,
and Crosby. Focuses on the management and
continuous improvement of quality and productivity
in manufacturing and service organizations. Includes
quality measurement, quality assurance, giving
employees responsibility for quality, the team approach
to quality, employee recognition, and various TQM tools
and techniques. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
Marketing Research
3.00
Examines the application of scientific and statistical
methods and tools to the solution of marketing and
e-marketing problems. Prerequisites: ECON 221, 222,
and MKTG 360. Fall.

NURS 601

Adv Concepts In Pathophy
3.00
This course is devoted to the study of the physiological
process of disease and the body’s response to this
process. It is the goal of the course to present broad
physiological principles that advance nurse practitioners
can apply to their clinical experiences. Specific
diseases will be used to exemplify pathophysiological
concepts, and treatment is examined at the molecular
level as response to the pathophysiology. The
course investigates exogenous causes of diseases
emphasizing infection, inflammation, and the immune
response as well as endogenous diseases of the
nervous, endocrine, cardiovascular, hepatic, pulmonary,
and renal systems. Fall, annually
NURS 602 Pharmacologic Applic
3.00
This course will cover principles of pharmacology as
applied to advanced nursing practice. This includes
drug effectiveness, mechanism, and interaction.
Emphasis will be on the pharmacological action of
drugs on specific organ systems and the clinical use of
drugs in treatment of disease conditions. Emphasis will
be on critical decision making skills in the selection of
drug therapy, doses of drugs, routes of administration
and preferred therapy. This course focuses on
pharmacological implications for the family nurse
practitioner in working with individuals across the life
span. Prerequisite: NURS 601. Spring, annually and as
needed.
NURS 605 Evolution Of Nurs Theory
3.00
This course focuses on selected aspects of theory
development in nursing science. Emphasis is given
to the study of epistemological issues related to the
evolution of theory in nursing. Varying levels and
components of theories are explored. Major strategies
for theory development, including concept analysis,
synthesis, and theory derivation are analyzed. Students
gain experience in critically examining major existing
theoretical models. Fall, annually.
NURS 610 Adv Concepts Nurs Resear
3.00
This course examines the relationship and contribution
of nursing research to the development of nursing
science. The growth of research will be traced over
the course of the last century, with particular emphasis
on the evolution that has occurred since mid-century.
Students will be assisted to increase their ability to
critically evaluate published research and to make
decisions concerning its applicability to practice.
Additionally, students will develop a proposal for an
individual or group research project which may become
the foundational work for the scholarly project/thesis.
Prerequisite: NURS 605 or by permission of instructor.
Spring, annually and as needed.
NURS 614 Health Promo: Fam & Comm Pers
3.00
This course introduces the advanced practice nurse
student to health promotion and disease prevention
strategies for families and communities. Students will
explore principles of family theory, established models
of family development, epidemiology, and demography.
An opportunity will be given to develop intervention
plans to improve wellness based on risk assessment
and knowledge of national standards of clinical
preventive services. Fall, annually.
NURS 615 Adv Health Assessment
2.00
This course builds upon the basic assessment skills
of the nurse. It prepares the advanced practice
nurse to conduct focused and comprehensive health
assessments of clients across the lifespan. The process
of diagnostic reasoning is emphasized as the primary
means of collecting and analyzing data obtained from
the client history, physical examination, and diagnostic
procedures. Two hours lecture weekly. Must be taken
concurrently with NURS 616. Prerequisite or Corequisites: NURS 601. Offered fall annually and as
needed.
NURS 616 Advanced Health Assessment Practicum
2.00
Provides opportunity for the student to implement
the objectives identified in NURS 615. Students may
select experiences from a variety of clinical settings
appropriate to the course focus. Three clinical hours

Course Descriptions

MKTG 465 Marketing Problems
3.00
Utilizes the case and/or simulation gaming methods
to consider the problems faced by the producer and
reseller, including traditional marketing and e-marketing
issues. Prerequisites: MKTG 360 and senior standing.
Spring.
MKTG 468 Buyer Behavior
3.00
Examines theories, models, recent research, and
research techniques in consumer motivation and
decision making, and buyer-seller interaction, including
consumer buyers, business and organizational buyers.
Includes traditional consumer marketing, business-tobusiness and e-marketing issues. Prerequisites: MKTG
360 and PSY 211 or permission of the instructor. On
demand.
MKTG 469 International Marketing
3.00
Analytical approach to study marketing and
e-marketing management decisions involving
multinational operations. Focuses on the management
of the marketing functions within the multinational
corporation. Prerequisite: MKTG 360. On demand.
MKTG 491 E-Marketing
3.00
The study of concepts, vocabulary, and contemporary
practices in e-marketing management including
e-marketing planning,e-marketing mix decision-making,
ethical and legal issues affecting the environment of
e-marketing.
MKTG 500 Prin of Marketing
2.00
The process in our society by which needs and
wants of consumers are anticipated and satisfied. An
examination of a systems approach to and analysis of
the organizational function and the set of processes
for creating, communicating and delivering value to
customers and for managing customer relationships in
ways that benefit the organization and its stakeholders.
Students develop an understanding of the increasing
complexity of the modern marketing system, why it is
essential, and how it performs in both domestic and
international marketing situations. Prerequisites: ECON
175 or 212, and junior standing.
MKTG 560 Mktg Decision Making
3.00
The analysis of marketing concepts and problems from
a managerial point of view. Emphasis is placed upon
planning, organizing, and controlling of marketing and
e-marketing activities and their integration with the
objectives and policies of the firm. Both domestic and
multinational marketing concepts are addressed in this
course. Prerequisite: MKTG 360 and ECON 222.
MKTG 562 Channels of Distributions
3.00
A study of components of a vertical marketing system
and of the methods for making them effective. Also
included are means of evaluating alternative marketing
systems and the development of international
marketing channels as well as e-marketing systems.
Prerequisite: MKTG 360.
MKTG 570 Real Estate Market and Investment
Analysis
3.00
This course will examine the fundamentals of real estate
analysis. It will explore real property law, appraisal,
finance, market and investment analysis, and property
management.
MKTG 604 Marketing Research
3.00
Methods of solving marketing research problems,
including library, survey, and experimental research
methods; project design; data collection, analysis,
and interpretation; presentation of marketing research
reports for managerial user. Problems in international
marketing research, e-marketing research, and research
ethics are also included. Selection, design, and
completion of a marketing-oriented research project
and computer work are required. Prerequisite: ECON
603.
MKTG 661 Marketing Strat
3.00
Study of strategies for attaining a suitable “marketing
mix” for various types of entities including e-marketers.
Marketing knowledge from previous courses and
experiences will be applied to the formation of overall
programs for dealing with both international and
domestic marketing problems. Prerequisite: MKTG
360.

77

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

78

Course Descriptions

NURS 617

NURS 620

NURS 621

NURS 622

NURS 630

Course Descriptions

NURS 631

NURS 632

Clarion University

weekly. This course must be taken as a co-requisite to
NURS 615. Prerequisite or co-requisite: NURS 601. Fall,
annually and as needed.
Advanced Health Assessment Practicum
for Nurse Educators
1.00
Provides an opportunity for the nurse educator student
to implement the objectives identified in NURS 615.
Emphasis is on acquisition of physical assessment
skills across the lifespan within the context of the role
of nurse educator. Students may select experiences
from a variety of clinical settings appropriate to the
course,focus. Three clinical hours weekly. Prerequisites:
NURS 601 (or taken concurrently); must be taken with
NURS 615 as a co-requisite; open to nurse educator
students only.
Clinical Decision Making I
1.00
The focus of this course is clinical data gathering skills,
diagnostic reasoning, and clinical problem-solving in the
management of common health problems throughout
the lifespan. Critical thinking skills are emphasized and
honed and are used to amplify common sense, intuition,
and simple reasoning. Emphasis is placed upon the
analysis and synthesis of client data for diagnosis
and for intervention of appropriate nursing and other
therapeutic interventions to be used by the advanced
practice nurse. This course if required as a prerequisite
to all other clinical nursing courses and is to be taken
concurrently with NURS 621. Prerequisite: NURS 615
and NURS 616. Spring, annually and as needed.
Clinical Decision Making I Practicum
2.00
Provides opportunity for the student to implement
the objectives identified in NURS 620. Students may
select experiences from a variety of clinical settings
appropriate to the course focus. Three clinical hours
weekly. This course must be taken as a co-requisite to
NURS 620. Prerequisite: NURS 615. Spring, annually
and as needed.
Family Nurse Practitioner Role
Development
1.00
Explores the evolving role of the family nurse
practitioner as an advanced practice nurse. Focus is on
acquisition of advanced practice skills and application
of decision making models that guide evidence based
practice. Professional, ethical, and legal accountability
is emphasized. Prerequisite: NURS 615 and NURS 616;
must be taken concurrently with NURS 621 and NURS
620.
Clinical Dec Making II
3.00
Focus is on health promotion, wellness maintenance,
disease prevention, early detection of problems, prompt
treatment of acute illness, and support for management
and self-care during chronic conditions of children
(birth through adolescence) and childbearing women.
All dimension of development and the total health of
the family are considered. Collaboration with other
healthcare providers is fostered. Three lecture hours
weekly. Must be taken concurrently with NURS 631 and
NURS 632. Prerequisites: NURS 601, 602 and 614 and
minimum grade of B in 615 and 620. Offered annually.
Clin Dec Mak II Role Sem
1.00
Focus of this seminar will be clinical based research
questions, client presentation, and effective treatment
interventions for children (birth through adolescence)
and childbearing women. Students are given an
opportunity to discuss alternative approaches to
diagnosis, advanced nursing, medical, or collaborative
management in a controlled environment. Two
laboratory hours weekly. Must be taken concurrently
with NURS 630 and NURS 632. Prerequisites: NURS
601, 602, and 614: Minimum grade of B in NURS 615
and 620. Offered fall annually.
Clinical Dec Making II Pract
2.00
Provides an opportunity for the students to implement
the objectives identified in NURS 630. Students may
select experiences from a variety of clinical settings
appropriate to the course focus. Six clinical hours
weekly. Must be taken concurrently with NURS 630 and
NURS 631. Prerequisites: NURS 601, 602, and 614;
Minimum grade of B in NURS 615 and 620. Offered fall
annually.

NURS 640 Clinical Dec Making III
3.00
Focus is on health promotion, wellness maintenance,
disease prevention, early detection of problems,
prompt treatment of acute illness, and support for
management and self-care during chronic conditions of
young, middle aged, and older adults. All dimensions
of development and the total health of the family
are considered. Collaboration with other health
care providers is fostered with emphasis upon the
coordination and continuity of client care. Three lecture
hours weekly. Must be taken concurrently with NURS
641 and NURS 642. Prerequisites: NURS 601, 602, and
614 and minimum grade of B in NURS 615, 620, and
630. Offered fall annually.
NURS 641 Cli Dec Mak III:Role Sem
1.00
Focus of this seminar will be clinical based research
questions, client presentation, and effective treatment
interventions for young, middle aged, and older
adults. Students are given an opportunity to discuss
alternative approaches to diagnosis, advanced nursing,
medical, or collaborative management in a controlled
environment. Two laboratory hours weekly. Must be
taken concurrently with NURS 640 and NURS 642. Prerequisite: NURS 601, 602, and 614; Minimum grade of
B in NURS 615, 620, and 630. Offered spring annually
NURS 642 Clin Dec Making III Practicum
2.00
Provides an opportunity for the student to implement
the objectives identified in NURS 640. Students may
select experiences from a variety of clinical settings
appropriate to the course focus. Six clinical hours
weekly. Must be taken concurrently with NURS 640
and NURS 641. Pre-requisites: NURS 601, 602, and
614; Minimum grade of B in NURS 615, 620, and 630.
Offered spring annually.
NURS 645 Nursing & Public Policy
3.00
This course examines the implications of health care
financing, structuring, labor market trends, and current
health care reform proposals for nursing in general and
for advanced practice nursing specifically. Additionally,
the student will be stimulated to appreciate the critical
need for nurses to engage in activities, individually and
as members of professional organizations, that will
enhance the position of nursing in influencing health
care policy and legislation at all levels-local, state, and
federal. A pervasive theme throughout the course is
the ultimate goal of improving the health care of our
citizens. Spring, annually.
NURS 675 Nursing Curriculum Development
3.00
Examines curriculum development in post secondary
nursing programs. Focuses on philosophical issues,
learning theories, learner needs assessment, and
curriculum design for target populations in various
nursing education programs. Enables advanced
practice nursing students to develop and evaluate
curriculum for selected nursing education programs.
Fall, every other year and/or as needed.
NURS 676 Ed Strategies In Nursing
3.00
Provides a comprehensive overview of educational
strategies for students who desire to function as
advanced practice nurses in the educational arena.
Provides the necessary theory to implement the
instructional process with various populations.
Examines issues relevant to educational strategies
and their evaluation. Students design and implement a
lesson plan. Self-evaluation and critique of others are
used as a method to improve teaching. Fall, every other
year and as needed.
NURS 677 Eval & Assessment In Nursing
3.00
Provides a comprehensive overview of evaluation and
assessment in learning for students who desire to
function as advanced practice nurses in the educational
arena. Emphasizes current issues in assessment,
establishment and measurement of learning outcomes,
and the development and utilization of assessment
tools. Students design and use evaluation tools for
clinical and classroom application in nursing and health
education. Spring, every other year and/or as needed.
NURS 750 Family Nurse Practitioner Internship
6.00
Provides the opportunity to gain competency in the
multifaceted role of nurse practitioner through a
supervised clinical experience under the guidance of

NURS 800

NURS 805

NURS 806

NURS 807

NURS 808

NURS 809

NURS 810

NURS 811

NURS 812

NURS 820

NURS 830

NURS 840

NURS 850

NURS 851

NURS 900

PH 400

PH 457

PH 460

Adapted from the Achieving Competence Today (ACT)
curriculum, students will identify and analyze systems
problems that compromise the quality and safety of
care and then develop an improvement plan.
Principles of Adult Learning in Nursing
3.00
This course focuses on major research-based
philosophies, models, and theories of adult learning
and knowledge development in nursing. Theories
and models are analyzed and applied to the dual role
of advanced practice nurses as clinical educators in
varied settings. Legal/ethical and cultural influences on
teaching and learning are emphasized.
Clinical Teaching Strategies in Nursing
3.00
Evidence-based teaching and learning strategies for
adult learning and nursing education in formal and
informal learning settings are explored. Emphasis is
on structuring teaching strategies to assure effective
individual and group learning. Simulation, case studies,
structured presentation, and other innovative strategies
are reviewed.
Advanced Evaluation Strategies in
Nursing Education
3.00
This course will explore concepts related to
assessment, measurement, and evaluation in nursing
education. Decision-making, objectivity verses
subjectivity, and legal and ethical issues related to
evaluation will be explored. The components of reliable,
valid evaluations will be highlighted. Students will
engage in planning and construction of evaluations.
Doctor of Nursing Practice Internship I
3.00
First of two required internships. Provides students an
opportunity to enhance and integrate prior learning.
Student acquires and applies DNP and advanced
practice competencies in a mentored setting as a
preceptor care provider for individuals with complex
medical conditions. Student self-identifies learning
goals/plan for faculty approval. Prerequisite: NURS 805,
806, 807, 808, 809 and specialty electives related to
internship focus. Fall, annually.
Doctor of Nursing Practice Internship II
6.00
Second of two required internships. Provides students
additional opportunity to enhance and integrate prior
learning and to acquire and apply DNP and advanced
clinical practice competencies in a mentored clinical
setting. Focus is on vulnerable populations and their
communities. Student identifies learning goals and
follow a faculty-approved plan. Prerequisite: NURS 850.
Spring, annually.
Doctor of Nursing Practice Capstone
6.00
Focus of this capstone course is on the development,
implementation, evaluation, and dissemination of a
research project that translates evidence to practice.
Project will relate to the advanced practice nursing role
and benefit a group, population or community rather
than an individual patient. Prerequisite: NURS 805, 806,
807, 808, 809. Enrollment by permission of instructor
only. Summer, annually.
Special Topics
3.00
This course includes an introduction to gate circuits,
Boolean algebra in the minimization of gate circuits,
flip-flops, counters, timers, the design, operation,
and programming of microcomputers, D/A and A/D
conversion, and the interfacing of integrated circuits to
external devices. Prerequisite: PH 259/269 or PH 252,
and MATH 271.
Demo In Physics
2.00
Designed for the secondary education major in physics
and may not be used as a physics elective for the B.A.
or B.S. in physics major. Stresses preparation and
performance of classroom demonstrations for use in
secondary schools. Prerequisite: PH 252 or 259. On
demand.
Intro to Math Physics
3.00
Uses the techniques of vector calculus and differential
equations to treat problems in mechanics, electricity,
and other areas of physics at a level intended to
prepare the physics major for graduate level work.
Discusses and applies analog and digital computer
techniques to a variety of physical problems.
Prerequisites: PH 258, 259, mathematics through MATH
350. On demand.

Course Descriptions

NURS 751

certified nurse practitioners, physician assistants, or
licensed physicians approved by the department as
preceptors. Prerequisites: All program course work,
including completion of NURS 800. Spring annually and
as needed.
Nurse Educator Internship
3.00
Provides the opportunity to gain competency in the
multifaceted role of nurse educator under the guidance
of nurse educators approved by the department as
preceptors. Prerequisities: All program course work,
including completion of NURS 800. Spring, annually
and as needed.
Research Project/Thesis
6.00
Scholarly research paper based on an innovative and/
or creative study pertinent to nursing or a related
area. Students register for a minimum of 3 credits
and complete the thesis/project in one calendar year.
Students who do not complete the thesis/project in one
calendar year must register for 1 additional credit each
consecutive term until completion up to a maximum of
6 credits. Prerequisite: NURS 605 and 610.
Doctor of Nursing Practice Role Seminar
1.00
Provides an overview of program expectations while
examining the roles of the DNP-prepared advanced
practice nurse as expert clinician, researcher, health
policy advocate, and educator. Students will begin to
identify research ideas and formulate an internship plan
with the support and feedback of peers.
Leading Nursing in Health Care Systems
3.00
Provides the advanced practice nurse leadership
skills for empowering and influencing others to bring
about change. Focus is on understanding multiple
perspectives and applying theories of leadership,
organizational behavior, and systems to a variety
of settings. Ethical and legal strategies to influence
procedures and policy will be emphasized.
Information Management in Health Care
3.00
Provides students with essential knowledge and
skills to utilize information and management systems
to support evidence based practice. The role of
information management systems and data bases in
health care will be discussed, Students will employ
information technology to implement decision support
programs that are pertinent to improved practice. Corequisite: NURS 808.
Analytical Methods of Evidence Based
Practice
3.00
Emphasis is on analytical methods to critically appraise
evidence-based literature and translate research to
clinical practice. Students appraise current literature
related to their chosen topic, constructing an evidence
basis for their selected practice project. Co-requisites:
NURS 807. Fall, annually.
Advanced Topics in Nursing Practice
3.00
Explores emerging literature related to management
of complex health conditions across the lifespan.
Emphasis is on health promotion and care of
communities and populations. The effective utilization
of health care systems, principles of epidemiology,
environmental health, and community partnering and
planning will be examined as they relate to population
health promotion.
Advanced Topics in Clinical Management
3.00
Explores the management of complex health conditions
across the lifespan with a focus on individuals and thier
families. Topics will vary and be drawn from emerging
fields such as genetics, immunology, behavioral health,
pharmacology, and preventive medicine.
Practice Strategies for Advanced
Practice Nurses
3.00
Provides advanced practice nurses an understanding of
new venture development as it prepares them to seek
innovative solutions to health care issues. Approached
from the perspectives of developing a business plan for
independent practice as well as thinking creatively to
craft responses to social problems that impact health
care.
Systematic Evaluation in Health Care
3.00
Provides an overview of the strategies and tools for
assessing and achieving improvement in health care.

79

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

80

Course Descriptions

RE 570

REHB 405

REHB 410

REHB 510

REHB 519

REHB 520

REHB 525

Course Descriptions

REHB 530

REHB 531

REHB 532

Clarion University

Real Estate Market and Investment
Analysis
3.00
This course will examine the fundamentals of real estate
analysis. It will explore real property law, appraisal,
finance, market and investment analysis, and property
management.
Substance Abuse
3.00
Participants study the physiological and psychosocial
implication of drug or alcohol abuse, over-medication,
and drug dependence, emphasizing intervention,
advocacy, treatment, and prevention. Fall Semester.
Prev & Trmt Stg Sub Abus
3.00
Participants engage in the study of societal pressures,
attempts to prevent substance abuse, and treatment
strategies along with the comparative analysis of
efficacy. Prerequisite: REHB 405. Spring Semester.
Group Process
3.00
Participants engage in the study of group development,
dynamics, theory, leadership styles, participant roles,
techniques, and evaluation of effectiveness as applied
to rehabilitative services contexts.
Statistical Applications and Research for
the Behavioral Sciences
3.00
This course provides the statistical background
necessary for research design and evaluation. Topics
covered include scaling of data, descriptive statistics,
probability, and statistical inference. Students will
become familiar with statistical techniques including
correlations, chi-square, t-tests, analysis of variance,
and simple regression. Students learn to compute
statistics by hand and with the use of statistical
software and web-applications.
Introduction to Clinical Research
3.00
This course provides the essential knowledge and skills
required to be both critical consumers and producers
or research in rehabilitative sciences. Students are
introduced to all phases of quantitative and qualitative
research design, analysis, and evaluation. Applicable
ethical standards of practice as specified by the Council
on Rehabilitation Education are emphasized throughout.
Clinical Tests and Measures
3.00
This course provides graduate students with theoretical
and applied knowledge of the role of testing and
measurement in counseling practice. An overview of
testing theory including test construction and issues of
validity and reliability is provided. Issues of test bias are
addressed. Students also learn the practical application
of assessment measures including intake assessments,
case studies, mental status evaluations, mental health
screenings, personality assessment, and measures of
cognitive functioning. All students will be able to select,
administer, and interpret tests that are appropriate for a
range of counseling situations. Prerequisite: Graduate
status. Offered every 3 years.
Human Growth Across the Lifespan
3.00
This course will provide information related to older
adult care management from the framework of
human services systems. Concepts of client triage,
assessment, planning, and brokering will be reviewed
within the context of identifying problems associated
with aging, identifying components of human services
delivery systems, and case management skill
development. Prerequisite: REHB 250.
Impact of Disabling Conditions
3.00
The impact of developmental disabilities as reflected in
the function of individuals will be described. The course
covers prenatal, perinatal, and postnatal concerns, as
well as various physical disabilities, disabilities of aging,
and interventions. Prerequisite: Enrollment in Graduate
Program
Professional Orientation and Ethical Practice
in Counseling and Rehabilitation
3.00
This course identifies and examines the history and
philosophy of the counseling profession, goals and
objectives of professional counseling organizations,
various professional Codes of Ethics, professional
credentialing and licensure, role identity of types of
professional counselors, application of ethical and legal
considerations in counseling, self-care strategies, and
advocacy processes to address social and institutional

REHB 537

REHB 538

REHB 540

REHB 542

REHB 545

REHB 550

REHB 552

barriers that impede access, equity, and success
for clients. Self-growth experiential activities may be
associated with this course content. Offered as needed.
Lifestyle & Career Devel
3.00
Participants engage in the analysis of economic, social,
and psychological factors which define the context of
educational, vocational, and personal decision-making;
decision-making related to vocational development;
the role of information in facilitating decision-making;
and the varieties of information, resources, and types of
access available.
Crisis Intervention In Counseling
3.00
This course provides professionals with information
and skills to effectively assess and intervene in crisis
situations involving clients, families, organizations and
communities. Biannually
Principles of Psychiatric Rehabilitation &
Recovery
3.00
This course introduces students to the principles of
psychiatric rehabilitation and recovery. Inherent in this
philosophy is the belief that every individual has the
capacity for recovery and that desirable treatment
systems build upon strengths and encourage and
support the involvement of persons in normative
community living, learning and working situations.
Prerequisite: REHB 126 and REHB 250.
Theories of Helping Relationships
3.00
This course provides students with the most current
assessment of the constructs, principles, and
techniques of major counseling theories. Emphasis will
be given to mainstream individual theories with some
attention to system models.
Rehabilitation-Phil & Prin
3.00
Participants engage in the analysis of the values,
assumptions, and the principles underlying theories
of rehabilitation and their relation to the goals and
objectives of rehabilitation programs.
Issues In Rural Human Services
3.00
This course explores the field of human services
delivery and behavioral health care issues in rural
environments including mental health care, gerontology,
substance abuse, education, vocational rehabilitation,
disability, poverty, and the criminal justice system. The
course encompasses the various definitions of rural,
diversity of rural communities, the common challenges
faced and the professional skills needed by rural
practitioners.
Identity and Culture
3.00
The goal of this course is to expand awareness of our
multicultural society. This includes imparting knowledge
of the constructive role played by counselors in
eliminating prejudice and promoting social justice and
wellness. Self-awareness and cultural competence will
be explored. Various theories, counseling techniques,
and ethical considerations necessary for effective
cross-cultural counseling and assessment will be
covered.

REHB 560 Models of Human Serv

3.00

REHB 565 Sem In Rehb Serv Del Sys
3.00
Participants explore the continuum of human service
delivery systems, with special focus on aging, mental
retardation, and substance abuse. History and student
professional experiences are considered in addition to
current information and trends to identify problems and
opportunities for making systems more responsive to
consumer needs.
REHB 567 Sem Adv App Beh Analysis
3.00
This seminar examines contemporary theory, research,
and practice in applied behavior analysis with particular
emphasis given to applications in the fields of special
education and rehabilitative sciences.
REHB 570 Assess & Interven Stratg
3.00
Features a practical hands-on approach to assessment
and intervention with a variety of specific populations.
Target groups include people with mental retardation,
mental disorders, and chemical dependency, as well as
aging and adolescent populations. Covers fundamental
issues, applied strategies, and assessment techniques

REHB 580

REHB 581

REHB 585

REHB 586

REHB 590

REHB 591

REHB 592

REHB 593

REHB 594 Clinical Field Education: Practicum
3.00
This is an initial field placement is which students
work directly with clients under the supervision of
an experienced counselor. The course is designed
to increase counseling skills and confidence, and to
become familiar with the practical aspects of providing
services, such as not taking. treatment coordination and
case management. A minimum of 120 hours of onsite
service is required, with minimum of 40 hours spent in
direct service with clients. Students must also attend
group supervision class at Clarion University each week
for 15 weeks and participate in University sponsored
individual or triadic supervision weekly. Prerequisite:
30 + grad credits in M.S. REHB Program. Offered as
needed.
REHB 595 Clinical Field Education and Supervised
Internship Experience
12.00
This elective course is a semester-long supervised
practicum field experience in community based
(re)habilitation programs. It includes professional
development experiences in community residential
programs, substance abuse prevention and treatment
programs, case management agencies, vocational
rehabilitation services. court supervision programs,
dual diagnosis programs, MH/MR base service units, or
similar social service programs. Students can register
for a maximum 12 total credits of REHB 595, depending
upon their need and career goals.
REHB 600 Thesis
3.00
This elective course requires each student to develop a
thesis related to rehabilitative sciences. Must be taken
for two semesters of three credits each. Prerequisite:
ED 520.
SCED 456 Electronic Science Ed
4.00
Intended for the science teacher who has had a little
or no previous course work in physics or mathematics.
Covers the fundamental law of electricity and
magnetism, alternating current theory, and the theory
and practical application of such devices as ammeters,
voltmeters, oscilloscopes, vacuum tubes, transistors,
power suppliers, amplifiers, and oscillators. Examples
of some of these devices will be built in the laboratory,
and general procedures for trouble-shooting faulty
equipment will be illustrated. Summer only, on demand.
SCED 463 Field Astronomy
3.00
Examines experimental tools and methods useful in
astronomy. Concentrates on mastery of important
techniques and concepts by a do-it-yourself
process, not an encyclopedic survey of astronomy.
Complements courses in descriptive astronomy (ES
200 and 201 and SCED 550) rather than duplicating
them, serving much the same purpose as a laboratory
in astronomy. The student will build simple telescopes,
spectroscopes, and other astronomical instruments.
Summer only, on demand.
SCED 466 Field Photography
3.00
Teaches students how to use a modern camera
and accessories to photograph subjects in the field.
Includes techniques of close-up, telephoto, and
wide-angle photography as well as film development,
lighting, use of filters, and composition. Provides
students with opportunities to learn and practice
techniques for photographing such objects as small
animals, birds, flowers, large animals, and other field
subjects. Students provide camera and film. Summers
only, on demand.
SCED 500 Seminar
3.00
Current topics in science education. May be repeated
(as topics vary) up to nine credits. On demand.
SCED 501 Sem in Sci Misconception
3.00
A survey of current literature in the area of science
misconceptions. Each student will research a topic
and develop interviews and surveys to determine the
misconceptions in the area. Fall, odd-numbered years.
SCED 502 Investigative Tech
3.00
Enables elementary, middle, and junior high school
teachers to use investigative techniques and the
process approach in their own classrooms. Investigative
techniques focus on developing skills in science
processes such as observing, classifying, formulating
hypotheses, collecting and analyzing data, and

Course Descriptions

REHB 575

leading to the formulation, implementation, and
evaluation of therapeutic treatment plans. Prerequisite:
REHB 460.
Admin Rehb Deliv Systems
3.00
Participants engage in the study of the business and
personnel aspects of functioning in and managing
human service delivery systems, including organization,
operations, and management relative to legal,
economic, and personnel standards and practice.
Intervention Strategies: Counseling Skills and
Techniques
3.00
Participants review and practice a variety of common
clinical intervention techniques used by professionals
in mental retardation, gerontological, and substance
abuse treatment. These include creative and expressive
techniques (e.g., art, music, drama, recreation,
horticulture), behavioral interventions (e.g., relaxation,
systematic desensitization, contracts), and didactic
group and individual work.
Rehab Pers Living w/ HIV/Aids
3.00
The course provides an overview of rehabilitation issues
involved in working with people living with HIV/AIDS.
Topics will include an overview of the medical aspects
of the virus. Special emphasis will be placed on issues
of rehabilitation, including mental health, substance
abuse, support networks, social relationships, and
employment.
Spec Topics In Rehab Science
3.00
Study of topical material reflecting new ideas,
knowledge, or methods relevant to Rehabilitative
Sciences. Course content will vary from semester to
semester. Topics will be announced in advance.
Addiction and Dual Diagnosis
3.00
The course provides an overview of clinical issues
involved in working with clients who suffer from comorbid substance use and major psychiatric disorders.
Topics include assessment, counseling, prevalence,
health care policy, and social stigma.
Special Projects
3.00
Participants engage in either scholarly or applied
research related to rehabilitative sciences under the
supervision of a faculty member. By permission only.
Diagnosis and Treatment
3.00
This course covers principles of clinical diagnosis and
treatment of mental and emotional disorders in children
and adults. Important diagnostic tools and criteria are
reviewed, including but not limited to the current edition
of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM). This
course will also cover important treatment modalities
and appropriate placement in the available continuum
of care. Offered as needed.
Family Systems
3.00
This course was designed to meet the CACREP
2009 Standards for Marriage, Couples, and Family
Counseling. This course provides an introduction
to general systems theory of family development
and interactions as well as providing an overview
of the history of family therapy. Students will be
introduced to a variety of family systems theories
(i.e. Communications Theory, Transgenerational
Approaches, Symbolic-Experiential, Structural Theory,
Strategic Family Therapy, Social Learning Theory,
Postmodern & Constructivist Approaches), evidencebased interventions, and multicultural and ethical
considerations for working with couples and families.
This course also qualifies as a Family Studies course for
licensure purposes. Prerequisite: REHB 530,
Integration, Consultation, and
Collaboration
3.00
This course provides a general framework for
understanding, developing, and practicing consultation,
and collaboration skills as a mode of intervention and
as a distinctive modality of change. The course will
examine the historical development of consultation,
major models of consultation, and students will
demonstrate their understanding of major theoretical
models in both case presentations and a personal
model of consultation and collaboration. Prerequisite:
REHB 519, 520, 530, 532, 542, 552 & 580. Offered
annually and as needed.

81

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

82

Course Descriptions

SCED 503

SCED 505

SCED 530

SCED 531

SCED 532

SCED 534

SCED 535

Course Descriptions

SCED 536

SCED 537

SCED 538

SCED 539

Clarion University

designing experiments. Includes experiences with
modern elementary and junior high school science
curricula. Two lecture and two lab hours. Fall, annually.
Special Topics Sci Ed
4.00
Studies of topical material under the guidance of
the instructor. Maximum credit allowable toward
graduation: 9 credits. Prerequisites: Permission of the
instructor and the student’s graduate committee. On
demand.
Investigations in the Sciences
3.00
Presents a survey of types of investigations.
Emphasizes typical investigations which may be used
as models for classroom use. Students will experiment
with published experiments within their discipline and at
the appropriate grade level as well as design their own.
Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Fall, evennumbered years.
Field Biol
3.00
Field course designed to acquaint elementary, middle,
and secondary teachers with the biological environment
outside of the classroom as it pertains to plants and
animals, their collection, identification, preservation,
and ecology. Activities that are applicable to the public
school will be provided. Summers, on demand.
Botany
3.00
Gives elementary, middle, and secondary teachers an
understanding of the basic aspects of plant science.
Emphasizes taxonomy, morphology, and life processes
of the flowering and nonflowering plants as they relate
to work done in elementary and secondary schools.
Two lecture and two lab hours. Summer, on demand.
Field Ornithology
3.00
This is primarily a course on the identification and
natural history of birds of this area. The primary
teaching methods will be illustrated lectures,
identification practice via color slides, and field trips.
Prerequisite: Basic Biology. Summers, on demand.
Field Zoology
3.00
Field course designed to acquaint the elementary,
middle, and secondary teachers with the biological
environment outside the classroom as it pertains to
animals, their collection, preservation, identification,
and ecology. Activities that are applicable to K-12
schools will be provided. Summer, on demand.
Ecology
3.00
Familiarizes elementary, middle, and secondary
teachers with the relationships between plants and
animals and their environment. Emphasizes field work.
Frequent field trips to areas of particular ecological
interest in Northwestern Pennsylvania. Five field,
laboratory and lecture hours. On demand.
Chemistry
3.00
Lecture-laboratory course designed to give elementary,
middle, and secondary teachers an understanding of
basic chemistry. The chemistry of common experience
in the public school is explored and the manipulation
of chemical apparatus is given special attention. Two
laboratory hours. On demand.
Physics
3.00
Lecture-laboratory course designed to give elementary,
middle, and secondary teachers an understanding of
basic physics. Areas of concentration are the metric
system, properties of matter, mechanics, atomic energy,
heat, sound, light, magnetism, and electricity. Particular
attention will be provided for the application of these
areas to public school sciences. Two lecture and two
laboratory hours. On demand.
Science Curriculum
3.00
This course is designed to come late in the program
when the student will have an adequate background for
discussions centered around the various approaches
to the teaching of science in the elementary, middle,
and secondary schools. A study of the principles of
curriculum construction, including curriculum origins,
goals, objectives, scope and sequence, and evaluation.
Spring, annually.
Res and Mat
3.00
Gives teachers experience with literature, equipment,
and materials used in teaching science in the school.
Explores physical and human resources from national,

SCED 540

SCED 541

SCED 550

SCED 551

SCED 553

SCED 554

SCED 555

SCED 556

SCED 560

SCED 561

SCED 563

SCED 566

state, and local communities. Students will be given
ample opportunity to develop and try out teacher-made
resources. On demand.
Supervision of Science
3.00
Prepares science educators (elementary, middle, junior
high, and senior high school teachers) for leadership
and supervisory roles in the improvement of science
curricula and instruction. Spring, even-numbered
years.
Science Internship
4.00
Gives practical experiences in working with teachers
and children as a specialist in science teaching,
supervising, and assisting in curriculum work. On
demand.
Astronomy
3.00
Deals with the planets and their satellites, including the
earth and moon, with comets and meteors, with the
sun, the stars and clusters of stars, with the interstellar
gas and dust, with the Milky Way, and other galaxies
that lie beyond the Milky Way. Includes the fundamental
concepts of cosmology and the basic principles of light.
Three lecture and/or laboratory hours. On demand.
Geology
3.00
A study of rocks, minerals, and geologic formation as
they are related to elementary and secondary school
science. Past history of the earth as well as present
geologic phenomena are discussed. Fields trips to
areas of geologic interest are taken. Two lecture and
two field or laboratory work hours. On demand.
Meteorology
3.00
Stresses fundamentals of weather and weather
instruments, maps, records, as well as other activities
applicable to elementary and secondary school science.
Three lecture and/or laboratory hours. On demand.
Recent Adv Science
3.00
Acquaints students with significant developments in
the field of science that have taken place in the last two
decades. Assumes a background of information in the
fundamentals of the biological and physical sciences.
Three lecture hours. On demand.
History of Science
3.00
A study of the history of science with accent on the way
in which broad scientific principles have developed and
those who played a part. On demand.
Research Grant Writ For Sced
3.00
Covers topics to analyze, critique, and develop a
research proposal. Students will study the methodology
of research as well as the mechanisms of obtaining
external funding for their proposed projects. The
students will develop problems, search literature, write
rationales, critically evaluate each other’s work, and
turn in a complete research or funding proposal. Spring,
annually. May be repeated (as topics vary) up to six
credits.
Sci Cur Mid & Jr High
3.00
A course designed to acquaint students with modern
science instructional strategies and curricula for the
junior high/middle school levels. Recent developments
in curricular objectives, the unique physiological and
psychological qualities of middle level students, science
content, teaching strategies, and laboratories are
stressed. Fall, annually.
Modern Astronomy
1.00
Covers recent developments in astronomy which are
not normally covered in a traditional astronomy course.
Topics include stellar, evolution, pulsars, neutron stars,
black holes, quasars, and supernovae. Summer, on
demand.
Projects Astronomy
1.00
Emphasizes the selection and preparation of
demonstrations and projects in astronomy for teachers
of elementary and secondary schools. Summer, on
demand.
Adv Field Photography
3.00
Teaches in-service teachers how to use the advanced
aspects of modern SLR 35mm camera and accessories
to photograph science subjects in the field. Includes
advanced techniques of close-up, telephoto, and
photomacrography, as well as use of advanced depth
of field, lighting, and composition. Students learn

SCED 576

Sci Tech & Soc: Topics
3.00
Interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint students
with information, curricula and teaching methodologies
appropriate for integrating STS topics into science and
social studies instruction. Includes topics in nature
of science, history of science, history of technology,
ethical decision-making, and the influences of changes
in science and technology on society. Required for all
secondary science and social studies education majors.
Spring semester.
SCED 577 Micro Sci Lab Interface
1.00
This course is designed to instruct elementary and/
or secondary science teachers in basic interfacing
and interfacing applications for their own classrooms.
Course participants construct interfacing materials,
set up related science investigations, and analyze
data collected from the constructed probes. Course
participants also explore possible uses for interfacing
equipment in the science curriculum. On demand.
Permission of instructor required.
SCED 578 Inform Tech Ed I
3.00
ITEC I is designed to provide teachers with computer
literacy, programming skills, and experiences with
exemplary courseware and software. The course is
designed specifically for computer novices. Teachers
will learn to operate and program microcomputers while
developing skills needed for teaching their students to
use microcomputers for classroom applications. The
course also prepares teachers to evaluate courseware
and software appropriate for use in their school
curriculum. On demand. Permission of instructor
required.
SCED 579 Inform Tech Ed II
3.00
Provides K-12 educators with intermediate-level
competencies to effectively integrate microcomputer
courseware, hardware, and related microprocessor
technology into the teaching and learning process.
Instructional theory for the design and evaluation
of solutions to problems of learning, and using
computer technology as a tool, will also be emphasized
in the course. Students will complete a computergenerated portfolio of related lesson plans, handouts,
transparencies, etc. On demand. Permission of
instructor required.
SCED 585 Planetarium Management
3.00
An introduction to the techniques of operation and
maintenance of planetarium projectors. Opportunities
are provided for writing and presenting programs
at various levels of instruction. The use of auxiliary
projectors, the production of audiovisual materials,
multimedia displays and live versus programmed
presentations are emphasized. Prerequisite: ES 200 and
201 or consent of instructor. On demand.
SCED 600 Research Project
3.00
With the approval of his or her advisor a student may
research a selected topics related to the teaching of
elementary and/or secondary science. Permission of
instructor. Each semester. Maximum credits allowable
toward graduation: 9 credits.
SPAN 501 St: Hispanic Lang & Culture
3.00
In-depth examination of contemporary Hispanic
literature and cultural issues including but not limited to
such topics as Hispanic Women Writers, Latino Cultures
in the U.S. and relationships between Hispanic nations
and the U.S. Course is taught in Spanish. Prerequisite:
SPAN 282 or permission from instructor.
SPAN 540 Hispanic Film
3.00
This course will examine major Spanish and Latin
American films. It offers a special and important
perspective to approach the contemporary history and
culture of Hispanic countries. Students are encouraged
to develop an awareness of differences between
Hispanic and Anglo-American cultures. Course is taught
in Spanish.
SPAN 561 Supr Readings Hispanic Lit
3.00
Selected readings determined by the needs and
interests of the individual student.
SPED 415 In Dev Strat Mild/Mod Hand
3.00
This is the study of individualizing instruction for
students with mild disabilities. It involves designing

Course Descriptions

advanced techniques of photographing flora and
fauna, geological, astronomical, meteorological, and
ecological subjects. Students provide camera and film.
Prerequisites: SCED 466 or permission of instructor.
Summer, on demand.
SCED 567 Slide Program Develop
3.00
This course is normally taken concurrently with SCED
466: Field Photography or SCED 566: Advanced Field
Photography. It is designed to be taken by in-service
teachers and will teach them how to put together
short, single-concept slide programs to be used in
their elementary or secondary science classrooms. The
Karplus and Generative Models of teaching concepts
will be stressed for use with the program. Prerequisites:
SCED 466 or SCED 566 or must be taken concurrently,
or permission of instructor. Summer, on demand.
SCED 570 Local Sch Cur Dev
3.00
Assists individual or groups of teachers with sufficient
science background to develop, improve, or implement
science curricula for the elementary and secondary
schools. Focuses on the production of curricular
materials for actual use and evaluation. Permission of
instructor. Each semester. May be repeated (as topics
vary) for nine credits.
SCED 571 Pgm Improving Eled Sci
3.00
PIES promotes effective science teaching and
instructional leadership in science in the elementary
school. In-service teachers, through hands-on
investigations in the life, physical, and earth sciences,
acquire knowledge of science, increase their skills
in using science process skills, and develop positive
attitudes toward science. A similar course, SCED 471:
Program for Improving Elementary Science, is offered
for undergraduate, senior, elementary majors. On
demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 572 Enhanc Ed Leader in Sci
1.00
PEELS involves elementary administrator/teacher teams
in exemplary science experiences. Teams are instructed
in science process skills, effective science teaching
strategies, development of science program goals,
and the application of science education research
to elementary school science programs. Each team
designs and implements an action plan which focuses
on specific actions for the improvement of science in
their own schools. On demand. Permission of instructor
required.
SCED 573 Creat Integ of Sci El Ed
3.00
CISEE helps in-service elementary teachers learn how
to integrate science content and science-process
skills with other subject areas, including reading and
language arts, math, social studies, physical education,
art, music, and microcomputer education. Emphasis
on the use of hands-on investigations; teachers are
required to design and implement lessons for their own
students which demonstrate the integration of science
and other elementary curriculum areas. On demand.
Permission of instructor required.
SCED 574 Science & Software-Eled
2.00
Helps elementary teachers identify, select, and integrate
science courseware appropriate for implementation
into existing elementary school science curricula.
Participants use exemplary science courseware to
introduce, enhance, and reinforce related hands-on
science activities. The culminating project for this
course is the presentation of action research findings
related to the relationships between microcomputers
and hands-on elementary school science. On demand.
Permission of instructor required.
SCED 575 Career Orient Sci & Tech
3.00
COST involves middle/junior high teachers in utilizing
the skills of community resource people to demonstrate
the need for science in many careers-including those
not traditionally associated with science. The format
of the course follows the COMETS (Career Orientated
Modules to Explore Topics in Science) model. Teachers
learn where to find science-resource people and how to
work with the resource person to present lessons in the
classroom. Teachers implement lessons with a resource
person during the course. On demand. Permission of
instructor required.

83

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

84

Course Descriptions

SPED 418

SPED 420

SPED 428

SPED 441

SPED 442

SPED 443

Course Descriptions

SPED 462

SPED 482

SPED 500

SPED 501

SPED 502

SPED 503

Clarion University

basic instructional sequences utilizing behavioral
objectives, matching media, learner, and goal
characteristics, and evaluating the effectives of
instruction. Prerequisites: SPED 320, 360, 380, 381.
Must be taken concurrently with SPED 416. Each
semester.
Excep Reg Class Id & Ser
3.00
Prepares students to deal with the nature and needs
of the exceptional person in the regular classroom.
Examines contemporary methods of identification,
services for the exceptional individual, and legal
aspects of the least restrictive environment.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
In Dev Strat S Ph
3.00
Study the processes of individualizing instruction
for people with moderate, severe, and multiple
disabilities. Design basic instructional sequences
utilizing behavioral objectives, match instruction with
learner and goal characteristics; identify appropriate
instructional strategies, and evaluate the effectiveness
of instruction. Students will apply oral and written
communication skills, quantitative reasoning skills, and
other fundamental academic skills to the field of special
education. Prerequisite: SPED 320, 360, 380, 381. Must
be taken concurrently with SPED 421. Each semester.
Assistive Technology
1.00
Students will learn how to assess assistive technology
requirements for people with disabilities, make low tech
devices, and install and operate computer hardware
and software applications in a laboratory experience.
Prerequisites: SPED 128, 129, 245, 381, 462, 482 and
students must receive a “C” or better in SPED 462..
Tch Stu w/ Disabilities In Sec
3.00
This course will prepare educators with the skills
and knowledge to deliver and support instruction
to students with disabilities in secondary classroom
settings. Prerequisite: SPED 418.
Diff Inst In Inclusive Setting
3.00
This course focuses on planning, designing, and
delivering differentiated instruction to an increasingly
diverse general education population, including
students with disabilities, students who are gifted,
students at risk, and students with cultural differences.
Prerequisite: SPED 418.
Prev & Trmt Acad & Learning
3.00
This course will review the practice of prevention
and intervention in dealing with students who are
academically deficient, including, response-tointervention, scientifically-based instruction, and the
teacher, learner, curriculum interface. Prerequisite:
SPED 418.
Educational Assessment
3.00
Assists students in acquiring knowledge and skills
needed for decision-making regarding individuals with
disabilities or suspected disabilities, and apply these
skills in case studies. Prerequisites: SPED 128, SPED
129, SPED 245. Each semester.
Special Mathematics Instruct
3.00
Provides students with specific data-based strategies
to teach mathematics to students with disabilities.
Prerequisites: SPED 128, 129, 245, MATH 111.
Contemp Issues
3.00
Participants engage in problem-centered analyses
and investigations, and in determination of responses
relative to the contemporary issues confronting special
education.
Found for Lit Inst Excep Read
3.00
Students will be provided an historical perspective
concerning the teaching of reading and the
relationships between psychological, sociological, and
linguistic processes and how these influence reading
and writing development.
Curr Des & Mat Tch Excep Read
3.00
This course examines the theory and practices of
curriculum development and related issues in teaching
reading to learners with exceptionalities. In addition it
covers issues related to children’s literature.
Ed Assess for Excep Readers
3.00
In this course, students are taught the concepts,
knowledge, and competencies required for specialized

SPED 504

SPED 505

SPED 506

SPED 507

SPED 508

SPED 509

SPED 514

SPED 519

SPED 521

SPED 522

formal and informal reading assessment, interpretation,
and diagnosis for grades pre-K to 12. Prerequistie:
SPED 462
Tch Emergent & Dev Excep Read
3.00
This course is designed to provide students with
research-based techniques and strategies that are
required to promote the growth from emergent to
conventional reading, writing, and literacy concepts for
children with disabilities. Prerequisite: SPED 501
Concepts of Intel
3.00
Participants engage in an extensive study of the
nature of cognition, traditional and contemporary, with
emphasis on the development of a paradigm having
relevance to the educational process.
Tch Excep Adol w/Reading Prob
3.00
This course will prepare teacher candidates to address
the challenges presented in the curriculum area of
reading for secondary students with high incidence
disabilities. Specifically, content addressed in this
course include classroom reading assessment,
instructional strategies, and special consideration
in reading instruction for adolescents with highincidence disabilities in general education classrooms.
Prerequisite: SPED 501
Writ & Vis Exp for Excep Read
3.00
This course presents evidence-based practices for
enhancing the writing and visual literacy of elementary
and secondary students. It also presents effective
strategies for teaching writing to multilingual students
with special needs. Prerequisite: SPED 501
Prof Sem: Del Evd-Based Instr
3.00
Teacher candidates will examine evidence based
reading instruction as it applies to individuals with
disabilities. Integration of research and best practices
will serve as the core of this course as well as
developing skills to serve in leadership positions on
response to intervention (RTI) teams. Prerequisites:
SPED 504 and SPED 506
Interv Specialist St Teaching
6.00
Observation and participation in intervention in reading
and/or mathematics and in activities related to the
performance of an intervention specialist’s work.
Prerequisites: Completion of ED 574, SPED 501, 502,
503, 504, 506 and 507 with minimum grade of C, a
cumulative QPA of 3.0; and the issuance of required
state clearances.
Intro to Gifted Education
3.00
This course provides the foundational background
necessary for understanding and working effectively
with learners who are gifted and talented. Focuses
on foundations, nature and definition of giftedness;
characteristics of learners who are gifted and
talented; identification procedures; individual learning
differences; specialized needs of learners who are
gifted and talented; service delivery options including
acceleration and enrichment, and grouping strategies.
No prerequisite. As needed.
Statistical Applications and Research for
the Behavioral Sciences
3.00
This course provides the statistical background
necessary for research design and evaluation. Topics
covered include scaling of data, descriptive statistics,
probability, and statistical inference. Students will
become familiar with statistical techniques including
correlations, chi-square, t-tests, analysis of variance,
and simple regression. Students learn to compute
statistics by hand and with the use of statistical
software and web-applications.
Autism Spectrum Disorders
3.00
This course provides an overview of autism spectrum
disorders, including history, incidence and prevalence,
etiology, diagnosis, current research, characteristics
and learning traits, co-morbid conditions, impact on
family, and social ethical issues surrounding ASD.
Special Educ Class Admin
3.00
In addition to mastering instructional strategies and
curricular content, today’s special education teachers
are required to be knowledgeable about various
theories, policies, and procedures necessary for the
complex daily administration of the special education

SPED 526

Clin Prac for High Inc Disab
1.00
This practicum places teacher candidates into field
settings involving people with high incidence disabilities
who use an individualized curriculum. Teacher
candidates will match instruction with learner, goal,
and curriculum characteristics; identify and implement
appropriate instructional strategies and sequences; and
evaluate the effectiveness of instruction. Prerequisites:
SPED 128, 129, 245, 380, 462, 482. Must be taken
concurrently with SPED 5/444. Fall and Spring, every
year.
SPED 527 Clin Prac for Low Inc Disab
1.00
This practicum places teacher candidates into field
settings involving people with low incidence disabilities
who use an individualized independence curriculum.
Teacher candidates will match instruction with
learner, goal, and curriculum characteristics; identify
and implement appropriate instructional strategies
and sequences; and evaluate the effectiveness of
instruction. Prerequisites: SPED 128, 129, 245, 380,
462, 482. Must be taken concurrently with SPED 5/446.
Fall and Spring, every year.
SPED 528 Assistive Technology
1.00
Students will learn how to assess assistive technology
requirements for people with disabilities, make low tech
devices, and install and operate computer hardware
and software applications in a laboratory experience.
Prerquisites: SPED 128, 129, 245, 381, 462, 482.
SPED 530 Learning Disability
3.00
Participants acquire knowledge and skills for designing
diagnostic/prescriptive programs in perceptualmotor, cognitive, linguistic, academic, social, and
career domains for individuals with specific learning
disabilities.
SPED 531 Impact of Disabling Conditions
3.00
The impact of developmental disabilities as reflected in
the function of individuals will be described. The course
covers prenatal, perinatal, and postnatal concerns, as
well as various physical disabilities, disabilities of aging,
and interventions. Prerequisite: Enrollment in Graduate
Program
SPED 534 Workshop In Special Education
3.00
Provides practicing teachers with professional
development opportunities in areas of curriculum,
assessment, and instruction for students with
disabilities. Prerequisites: Teaching experience in
elementary and/or secondary education and if enrolled
in the Special Education or Rehabilitative Sciences
Graduate Program, permission of academic advisor.
SPED 539 Curr Dev & Educ Programming
3.00
This course provides instruction in the development,
selection, and implementation of appropriate
curriculum for learners who are gifted and talented.
Emphasis is placed on integration of a standardsbased curriculum with adaptations for learners who are
gifted and talented. Topics include: curriculum models,
technology, assessment methods, special populations,
specialized instructional strategies for learners who are
gifted, differentiation of curriculum and instruction, and
individualized programming. Prerequisite: SPED 514. As
needed.
SPED 540 Behavior Disorder
3.00
Participants engage in the study of maladaptive
behavior in individuals with emphasis on current
definitions, classification systems, major etiological
perspectives, and contemporary interventions.
SPED 544 Meth for Ind w/ High Incidence Disabilities 3.00
This course is about individualizing instruction for
students with mild and moderate disabilities. It involves
designing basic instructional sequences, utilizing
behavioral objectives, matching technology, learner
and goal characteristics, identifying appropriate
instructional strategies, and evaluating the effectiveness
of instruction. Prerequisite: SPED 128, 129, 245, 380,

462 and 482. Must be taken concurrently with SPED
416. Fall and Spring, every year.
SPED 546 Meth for Ind Low Incidence Disabilities
3.00
Focuses on individualizing instruction for individuals
with low incidence disorders. Includes designing basic
instructional sequences, utilizing behavioral objectives,
technology, learner and goal characteristics, identifying
appropriate instructional strategies, and evaluating the
effectiveness of instruction. Prerequisties: SPED 128,
129, 245, 380, 462, 482. To be taken concurrently with
SPED 427. Fall and Spring, every year.
SPED 554 Graduate Student Teaching in Special
Education
6.00
This course involves observation and participation in
teaching students with disabilities and in activities and
in activities related to the performance of a classroom
teacher’s professional duties. Completion of all required
courses in the certification area with a minimum grade
of “C” and a cumulative QPA of 3.0, as well as the
issuance of required state clearances.
SPED 555 Super for Sped
3.00
SPED 562

Service Learning
3.00
The course provides an overview of service-learning as
a teaching methodology. History, legislation, and theory
relevant to service learning is presented. Students
learn the components and standards of servicelearning. Students plan and implement service-learning
projects relative to these. Students also learn how
to assess service-learning projects, meet curricular
and learner needs through service-learning, and
develop community partners. Literature addressing the
effectiveness of service-learning as a teaching tool and
the relationship of service-learning to the educational
reform movement will be examined.
SPED 567 Sem Adv App Beh Analysis
3.00
This seminar examines contemporary theory, research,
and practice in applied behavior analysis with particular
emphasis given to applications in the fields of special
education and rehabilitative sciences.
SPED 571 Comm Adj-Fut Plan St w/ Disab
3.00
This course will examine the models of transition
service delivery, the relationships between special
education, vocational education, rehabilitation, and
the technology used to promote the movement of
individuals with disabilities from school to adult
life. Prerequisites: REHB 565 or permission of the
Instructor.
SPED 575 Augmentative & Altern Comm
3.00
This course is designed to introduce the student to
various augmentative/alternative communication
systems prevalent in the field. Current and
comprehensive information relative to type of
disorder, diagnosis, and treatment will be discussed.
An emphasis will be placed on the application of
unique criteria in diagnostics and the administration
of competent and flexible management strategies in
rehabilitation. Fall, annually.
SPED 580 Special Reading Instruct
3.00
This course is designed to provide in-service and
pre-service professionals with the knowledge and
skills to serve students with mild/moderate reading
disabilities. Individuals taking the course will assimilate
characteristics of identified students, assessment
processes and alternative interventions.
SPED 585 Spec Topics In Special Educ
3.00
Study of topical material reflecting new ideas,
knowledge, or methods relevant to Special Education.
Course content will vary from semester to semester.
Topics will be announced in advance. As needed.
SPED 597 Collab/Coop Tch Lrn Outc
3.00
This course is intended to improve the teaching and
learning outcomes in basic education by focusing on
collaboration and cooperative-education processes
and teaching methodologies. The development of
strategies for promoting professional and community
collaborations established in SPED 596: Contemporary
Education Practices and Directions, is continued in
this offering. Teaching models and methods facilitative

Course Descriptions

SPED 525

program. Competencies included in this course will be:
adapting the classroom on plans; and collaboration with
other professionals, paraprofessionals and parents.
Ed Apprais Pres 2
3.00

85

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

86

Course Descriptions

to encouraging and maintaining collaborative and
cooperative-educational practices extend the skills
of professional educators in appropriately serving the
educational needs of an increasingly diverse learning
audience. Prerequisite: SPED 596 or approval of
instructor.
SPED 620 Role Development with Families
3.00
Participants acquire knowledge and skills in working
with and involving parents to maximize developmental
and learning opportunities for their children with
disabilities, and in responding to the unique challenges
confronting families of children with disabilities.
SPED 632 Policy & Practice In Spec Ed
3.00
The delivery of special education is influenced by many
factors other than good teaching. Compliance with
federal guidelines, ever-changing budgets, and political
climates continue to act on the delivery of special
education. In order for our graduate students to be able
to grow as professionals, they will need to be aware
of these forces and how they interact with special
education policy and service delivery.
SPED 635 Advanced Methods for Persons with
Autism and Severe Disabilities
3.00
This course focuses on the design, implementation and
evaluation of instructional interventions for persons with
autism or severe disabilities.
SPED 636 Adv Meth for High Incid Disab
3.00
Participants acquire knowledge and skills related to the
design, implementation, and evaluation of instructional
interventions for individuals with mild/moderate
disabilities.
SPED 637 Sem In Single Subj Res Design
3.00
This course will enable students to conduct single-case
research in special education and rehabilitative science.
The course provides theory and scenario-based
practice with a variety of single-case and replicated
single-case designs. Prerequisites: SPED 567 or
equivalent

Clarion University

SPED 690 Special Projects
3.00
Participants engage in either scholarly or applied
research related to the education of children and youth
with disabilities under the supervision of a faculty
member. By permission only.
SPED 696 Contem Ed Pract & Direct
3.00
This course saliently provides the philosophical
and pragmatic basis for the rationale for change in
contemporary education. Legislation, litigation, and
research within the profession provide the foundation
for understanding why the profession must explore
innovative strategies for improving the educational
outcomes of all children. Terminologies which
dominate professional dialogue are explored and
studied to separate dogma from substance. Learner
characteristics, which are indicative of the diversity
naturally present in society, are addressed relative to
implications in teaching and learning.
SPED 700 Thesis
3.00
This course requires each student to develop a thesis
related to special education. Must be taken for two
semesters of three credits each. Prerequisite: ED 520.
WGS 506 Gender Issues in Ed
3.00
Examines the ways in which schools perpetuate gender
bias and how educational institutions, as a reflection
of the patriarchal society in which they exist, provide
different experiences and outcomes for female and
male students and teachers. Prerequisite: ED 110 or
WS 100 or consent of instructor.
`

Course Descriptions

Doctoral Course Descriptions
NURS 806 DNP Leadership
3.00
This course provides an overview of program
expectations. Provides the advanced practice nurse
leadership skills for empowering and influencing others
to bring about change. Explores the role of the DNP
APN as an expert clinician, researcher, and health policy
advocate and educator. Focus is on understanding
multiple perspectives and applying theories of
leadership, organizational behavior, and systems to
a variety of settings. Ethical and legal strategies to
influence procedures and policy will be emphasized.
The student will begin to develop research ideas and
develop an internship plan. No Prerequisite. Offered
summer annually.
NURS 807 Information Management in Health Care
3.00
Provides students with essential knowledge and
skills to utilize information and management systems
to support evidence based practice. Utilizes large
databases for quality improvement of advanced nursing
practice. The role of information management systems
and data bases in health care will be discussed.
Students will employ information technology to
implement decision suppoort programs that are
pertinent to improved practice. Co-requisite: NURS
808. Offered fall annually.
NURS 808 Analytical Methods of Evidence Based
Practice
3.00
Emphasis is on analytical methods to critically appraise
evidence-based literature and translate research to
clinical practice. Students appraise current literature
related to their chosen topic, constructing an evidence
basis for their selected practice project. Co-requisites:
NURS 807. Offered fall annually.
NURS 809 Advanced Topics in Population Health
3.00
Explores emerging literature related to management
of complex health conditions across the lifespan.
Emphasis is on health promotion and care of
communities and populations. The effective utilization
of health care systems, principles of epidemiology,
environmental health, and community partnering and
planning will be examined as they relate to population
health promotion. No Pre or Co-requisites. Offered
spring annually.
NURS 810 Advanced Care of the Individual
and Family
3.00
Explores the management of complex health conditions
across the lifespan with a focus on individuals and
thier families. Provides an overview of the strategies
and tools for assessing and achieving improvement
in healthcare safety and outcomes. Topics will vary
and be drawn from emerging fields such as genetics,
immunology, behavioral health, pharmacology, and
preventive medicine. No Prerequisites. Offered spring
annually.
NURS 820 Principles of Adult Learning in Nursing
3.00
This course focuses on major research-based
philosophies, models, and theories of adult learning
and knowledge development in nursing. Theories
and models are analyzed and applied to the dual role
of advanced practice nurses as clinical educators in
varied settings. Legal/ethical and cultural influences on
teaching and learning are emphasized.

NURS 830 Clinical Teaching Strategies in Nursing
3.00
Evidence-based teaching and learning strategies for
adult learning and nursing education in formal and
informal learning settings are explored. Emphasis is
on structuring teaching strategies to assure effective
individual and group learning. Simulation, case studies,
structured presentation, and other innovative strategies
are reviewd.
NURS 840 Advanced Evaluation Strategies in
Nursing Education
3.00
This course will explore concepts related to
assessment, measurement, and evaluation in nursing
education. Decision-making, objectivity verses
subjectivity, and legal and ethical issues related to
evaluation will be explored. The components of reliable,
valid evaluations will be highlighted. Students will
engage in planning and construction of evaluations.
NURS 850 Doctor of Nursing Practice Clinical
Internship I
3.00
First of two required internships. Provides students an
opportunity to enhance and integrate prior learning.
Student acquires and applies DNP and advanced
practice competencies with a faculty mentor or in a
mentored clinical setting. Student self-identifies learning
goals/plan for faculty approval. Students will complete
135 of mentored clinical time. Prerequisite: NURS
806, 807, 808, 809 and specialty electives related to
intership focus. Offered summer annually.
NURS 851 Doctor of Nursing Practice Clinical
Internship II
3.00
Second of two required internships. Provides students
additional opportunity to enhance and integrate prior
learning and to acquire and apply DNP and advanced
clinical practice competencies in a mentored clinical
setting. Focus is on vulnerable populations and their
communities. Student identifies learning goals and
follow a faculty-approved plan. Prerequisite: NURS
850. Spring, annually.
NURS 900 Doctor of Nursing Practice Project
(Clinical Dissertation)
3.00
Focus of this practice doctoral course is on the
development, implementation, evaluation, and
dissemination of a project that translates evidence
into practice. The project will relate to the advanced
practice nursing role. Prerequisite: NURS 806, 807,
808, 809. Special grading: Pass/Fail/In Progress (IP).
The student will register for 3 credits in the summer
term and 3 credits in the fall term. Student may register
for an additional credit of NURS 900 for 3 subsequent
consecutive semesters receiving an In Progress (IP)
grade until done. Enrollment by permission of instructor
only. Offered summer, fall annually.

Course Descriptions

87

Course Descriptions

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

88

Clarion University

Index
Academic Achievement............................................................... 13
Academic Honesty......................................................................... 9
Academic Policies and Procedures................................................ 9
Academic Requirement................................................................ 12
Academic Standing........................................................................ 9
Accountancy Preparation, Professional...................................... 27
Accounting (MAcc), M.S............................................................ 21
Accreditation............................................................................ iii-iv
Add/Drop......................................................................................11
Admission (also see individual programs)..................................... 4
Eligibility................................................................................. 4
International Students.............................................................. 6
Non-Degree Students.............................................................. 5
Procedures............................................................................... 5
Advisement (also see individual programs)................................. 12
Applied Data Analytics, Online M.S. in...................................... 23
Applied History, Master of Arts in............................................... 36
Assistantships (also see individual programs)............................... 5
Billing and Financial Aid............................................................. 14
Business Administration, Master of............................................. 25
Bachelor’s to M.B.A. option................................................. 27
Professional Accountancy Preparation................................. 27
Calendar, Academic....................................................................... v
Carlson Library............................................................................ 18
Career and Professional Development, Center for...................... 20
Campuses................................................................................... 2, 3
Clarion Online.............................................................................. 13
Clinical Mental Health Counseling, Online M.S. in.................... 28
Comprehensive Examinations (see individual programs)
Core Values, Clarion University.................................................... 1
Course Descriptions
Accounting............................................................................ 55
Art.......................................................................................... 56
Athletic Training Sports and Wellness.................................. 56
Biochemistry......................................................................... 56
Biology.................................................................................. 57
Business Administration........................................................ 59
Chemistry.............................................................................. 60
Clinical Mental Health Counseling....................................... 28
Communication Studies........................................................ 60
Communication Sciences and Disorders............................... 62
Computer Information Sciences............................................ 60
Data Analytics....................................................................... 63
Early Childhood.................................................................... 64

Earth Sciences....................................................................... 69
Economics............................................................................. 64
Education............................................................................... 65
Environment.......................................................................... 69
Finance.................................................................................. 70
French.................................................................................... 70
Geography............................................................................. 70
German.................................................................................. 71
History................................................................................... 71
Legal and Ethical................................................................... 72
Library Science..................................................................... 72
Management.......................................................................... 75
Marketing.............................................................................. 76
Mathematics.......................................................................... 75
Mathematics Education......................................................... 75
Nursing.................................................................................. 77
Physics................................................................................... 79
Real Estate............................................................................. 80
Rehabilitative Sciences......................................................... 80
Science Education................................................................. 81
Spanish.................................................................................. 83
Special Education.................................................................. 83
Women and Gender Studies.................................................. 86
Credit, Transfer of....................................................................... 10
Degree Programs
Applied Data Analytics, Online M.S. in................................ 23
Business Administration, Master of..................................... 25
Clinical Mental Health Counseling....................................... 28
Education, Master of Education in....................................... 30
Library Science, Master of Science in................................. 34
Mass Media Arts and Journalism, M.S. in........................... 39
Nursing, Master of Science in.............................................. 42
Nursing Practice, Doctor of................................................... 45
Special Education, Graduate Studies in............................... 47
Speech Language Pathology, M.S. in.................................... 52
Directory Information.................................................................... 9
Disability, Nondiscrimination on Basis of.................................. 13
Dismissal...................................................................................... 10
Drop/Add......................................................................................11
Early Childhood Certification Program, Graduate....................... 31
Early Childhood Concentration................................................... 31
Education, Master of Education degree in................................... 30
Curriculum and Instruction Concentration............................ 31
Early Childhood Concentration............................................. 31

Index

Graduate Early Childhood Certification Program................. 33
Mathematics Education Concentration................................. 31
Reading Concentration.......................................................... 32
Reading Specialist Certification ........................................... 32
Science Education Concentration.......................................... 32
Technology Concentration.................................................... 33
Employment................................................................................. 16
Enrollment.......................................................................... 7, 10, 14
Faculty Title IX Reporting Requirement....................................... 2
Family Nurse Practitioner Second Master’s Degree.................... 44
Family Nurse Practitioner Post-Master’s Certificate................... 44
Fees (clarion.edu/tuition-and-financial-aid)
FERPA............................................................................................ 7
Financial Services, Student.......................................................... 14
Grading System............................................................................ 12
Grade Release Policy..................................................................... 7
Graduate Assistantships (see individual programs)
Graduation and Degree Conferral Policy..................................... 10
Graduate Credit Load....................................................................11
Grants........................................................................................... 14
Health Insurance.......................................................................... 19
Health Services............................................................................ 20
Housing........................................................................................ 17
Incomplete Grades....................................................................... 12
Insurance, Health........................................................................ 19
International Students............................................................. 6, 19
Internships (See individual programs)
Judicial and Mediation Services.................................................. 20
Libraries, University................................................................... 18
Library Science, M.S. in.............................................................. 34
Certificate of Advanced Studies............................................ 36
Current Studies in Librarianship Forum............................... 38
Distance Education................................................................ 37
Information Access Concentration........................................ 36
Juris Doctor Program............................................................ 36
Local and Archival Studies Concentration............................ 36
Management of Information Access Concentration.............. 36
Master of Arts in Applied History......................................... 36
Reference and User Services................................................. 36
School Library Media Concentration.................................... 36
Loans, Federal and Private........................................................... 14
Mass Media Arts and Journalism, M.S. in................................... 39
Online Graduate Certificate in Public Relations................... 40

89

Mathematics Education Concentration........................................ 31
Media Library concentration, School of...................................... 36
Mission Statements....................................................................... 1
Nondiscrimination on Basis of Disability................................... 13
Nondiscrimination Statement........................................................ 1
Nursing Practice, Doctor of ........................................................ 45
Nursing, Master of Science degree in.......................................... 42
Family Nurse Practitioner Second Master’s Degree............. 44
Family Nurse Practitioner Post-Master’s Certificate............ 44
Online Programs...................................................................... 3, 13
Parking and Automobile Regulations.......................................... 20
Placement (see individual programs)
Policies and Procedures, Acaedmic............................................... 9
Probation........................................................................................ 9
Privacy Act..................................................................................... 7
Public Relations, Online Graduate Certificate in......................... 40
Reading Concentration................................................................. 32
Reading Specialist Certification .................................................. 32
Records, Student............................................................................ 7
Refunds........................................................................................ 14
Research, Theses and Comprehensive Exams............................ 12
Residency..................................................................................... 10
Scholarships (also see individual programs)............................... 17
School of Media Library concentration....................................... 36
Science Education Concentration................................................ 32
Simultaneous Degree Completion................................................11
Special Education, Graduate Studies in....................................... 47
M.E. with Special Education concentration.......................... 48
M.S. Special Education......................................................... 49
M.S. Special Education - Advanced Study........................... 51
M.S. with Special Education Pre-K–8 / 7–12 Certification.... 49
Speech Language Pathology, M.S. in......................................... 52
Student Support Services............................................................ 18
Suhr Library................................................................................. 18
Technology Concentration........................................................... 33
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL).......................... 6
Theses (also see individual program)......................................... 12
Title IX Reporting Requirements, Faculty..................................... 2
Transfer Credit (also see individual programs)............................ 10
Venango Campus.................................................................... 3, 92
Veterans Benefits......................................................................... 16
Withdrawals, Course/University...................................................11
Work-Study Programs, Federal.................................................... 16

Index

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

Lot N

Starbucks

Book
Store

Denny’s
Den

Movie
Theater

Lot
4

Lot
5

Suites on
Main Street
South

Suites on
Main Street
North

Lot 3

Residence Upperclassmen Lots 3, 4, 8, 17, P, R3
Retail Parking
Shared Resident/Freshmen/Upperclassmen

Lots C, D, E, F, G, H, K, L, M, N, O, R, T, U, V, X, 5, 7, 9, 10, 12
Overnight parking is restricted to Lots 3, 4, 8, 17, P, R3

Becht
Hall

E

STUDENT
SUCCESS
CENTER

Rhea
Building

Lot
17

909

2016

2016

90
Clarion University

2016-2017 Graduate Catalog

91

Clarion Campus Facilities
Admissions Building, located on Wood Street, houses Admissions operations.
Ballentine Hall, located on Wood Street.
Becht Hall, located on Wood Street, houses student one-stop services including Residence Life, Judicial Affairs, Counseling,
Health & Wellness Services.
Becker Hall, at Greenville Avenue and Thorn Street, houses the Communication and the Computer Information Science
departments.
Campus View Suites is on top of the hill and offers living room areas in each unit (two to four students per unit).
Carlson Library is on the central campus just off Wood Street. It houses the Clarion University Art Gallery, the Department
of Information and Library Science, the library faculty and staff, and the university’s collection of resource documents.
Carrier Administration Building, at Main Street and Arnold Avenue, houses offices for the president and staff, the provost
and academic vice president and staff, the vice president for finance and administration and staff; Business Office, Human
Resources, Social Equity and vice president for student affairs and staff.
Center for Advancement of Clarion University, situated at the corner of Greenville Avenue and Corbett Street, houses
the offices of alumni development and the Clarion University Foundation, Inc.
Central Services, located on Wood Street, houses publications/printing offices and mailroom operations.
Davis Hall, on Greenville Avenue, has classrooms and offices for the English and Modern Languages departments.
Eagle Commons Dining Facility, located at the corner of Ninth and Wood Streets, seats 530 and offers a variety of food
styles. The lower level features a Starbucks and meeting rooms which can hold a total of 100 visitors.
Egbert Hall is on the central campus behind Carlson Library.
Founders Hall is situated at the corner of Wood and Ninth and houses classrooms for the Social Sciences Department and
studios for the Art program. Offices for the Dean of Arts and Sciences are on the second floor.
Gemmell Student Complex, located at the north corner of Wilson Avenue and Payne Street, provides offices for student
government and student activities personnel. Also housed in this area are the bookstore, food court, coffee shop, meeting
rooms and other recreation areas for students. There is also a multi-purpose room.
Givan Hall, situated on the hill along with the Suites, and Ralston Hall.
Hart Chapel Theatre is located on Wood Street and Eighth Avenue.
Harvey Hall is on center campus and houses offices and classrooms for the Psychology Department and Women and Gender
Studies program.
Joseph P. Grunenwald Center for Science and Technology, located on central campus west of Harvey Hall and houses
offices, classrooms, and labs for AGES, Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics, as well as the planetarium.
Keeling Health Services Center, off Wilson Avenue behind Givan Hall. The Speech Pathology and Audiology Diagnostic
Center is located on the ground floor. The Speech Pathology and Audiology Department is also located on the first floor.
Marwick-Boyd Fine Arts Center, which stands at the south corner of Payne Street and Greenville Avenue, provides a
1,600-seat auditorium, Little Theatre, Sandford Art Gallery, classrooms, studios, multimedia studio, laboratories, and office
and exhibit areas for Art, Music, Theatre and Communication.
McEntire Maintenance Building on Wilson Avenue south of Payne Street, is the center for physical plant maintenance,
the motor pool, maintenance shops, Purchasing and Accounts Payable.
Moore Hall, east of Carlson Library, serves as a reception and meeting facility.
Ralston Hall is situated on the hill above Gemmell Student Complex.
Recreation Center, is located on Payne Street. It contains three multipurpose courts for basketball, volleyball and tennis,
and includes a 4-lane track, fitness areas, equipment checkout and a climbing wall. It also houses the group fitness and
intramural programs.
Special Education Center, at the corner of Eighth and Greenville, houses the reception area of the Educational Appraisal
Clinic and therapy rooms, along with some faculty offices and classrooms.
Stevens Hall, off Greenville Avenue, provides classrooms and faculty offices for education and human services programs
and offices for the School of Education.
Still Hall Business Administration and the Lewis Computer Center are in a single building on the north campus at
Main Street and Ninth Avenue housing the information center, computing services, the Office of the College of Business
Administration, and the Departments of Accountancy, Administrative Science, Economics, Finance/Real Estate and Marketing.
Suites on Main North on Main Street next to Still Hall (two students per unit with private or shared bedrooms).
Suites on Main South on Main Street next to Carrier (two students per unit with private or shared bedrooms).
Thorn Houses 1 and 2, located on Thorn Street, house the Public Safety Department (Thorn 1) and ROTC and Grounds
(Thorn 2).
Tippin Gymnasium-Natatorium stands at the north center of Payne Street and Greenville Avenue. It houses classrooms, offices,
and gym areas for the Health and Physical Education Department, a 3,600-seat arena for varsity sports and a natatorium.
University Art Gallery is located on the Greenville Avenue side of the Carlson Library. The permanent collection covers all
media, with special emphasis in photography, prints, artist’s books and ceramics. Exhibitions are scheduled throughout the year.
Valley View Suites is located on Wood Street and offers living room areas in each unit (two to four students per unit).

92

Clarion University

Venango College

Handicap Parking
Wheelchair Accessible Building
Emergency Phones

of Clarion University
1801 West First Street
Oil City, PA 16301-3297

Osborne Street

Rhoades
Center

West
End
Pond

Suhr
Library

Student Parking
Visitor/
Staff
Parking

Frame Hall

Faculty
Parking

Student
Parking

Maintenance

Faculty
Parking

Montgomery Hall

Employee
Parking

West First Street, Oil City, Pennsylvania

Student Apartment Housing 1. Elizabeth S. Black Hall

2. Edward V. and Jessie L. Peters Hall
3. Michael F. and Joyce I Hughes Hall
4. Leadership Hall
5. Bradford George Carmack Barnes Hall

Student Parking

1

2

3

4

5

Venango Campus Facilities
Richard C. Frame Hall, the original building, contains the administrative office, Admissions and Financial Aid, Career Services,
Continuing Education, Marketing and University Relations, and classrooms.
Robert W. Rhoades Center houses Student Affairs and provides student lounge and recreation facilities, a gymnasium, an
auditorium-theatre, a bookstore, a fitness center, and food services.
The Charles L. Suhr Library houses the library, study facilities, faculty offices, the Department of Applied Technology, and
the Barbara Morgan Harvey Center for the Study of Oil Heritage.
Montgomery Hall is a modern classroom and office building which houses the School of Nursing and Allied Health, the
computer laboratory, the Learning Support Center, interactive video classrooms, career services, and faculty offices.
Elizabeth S. Black Hall, Edward V. & Jessie L. Peters Hall, Michael F. and Joyce I. Hughes Hall, Leadership
Hall, and Bradford George Carmack Barnes Hall are attractive, upscale apartment buildings offering students a
private bedroom and a semi-private bathroom with shared kitchen facilities and living and dining areas. Each apartment is
fully furnished and houses four students.

This page was
left BLANK
intentionally

Clarion University

840 Wood Street, Clarion, PA 16214-1232

www.clarion.edu
A member of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education

2016-2017

Graduate Catalog

Bound Printed Matter